The Last 1335 Days
The Last 1335 Days
End Time Events
Mark of the Beast
Armageddon
Second Coming
Lake of Fire
God’s Trial
By E. L. Anderson
Published 2010
Christ Satan
“World”
Good Cop ~ Bad Cop
United Nations ~ United States
About the Author
(Back Cover)
Everett L. Anderson has studied the end time events since 1980. He was a missionary in China for seven years, where he wrote most of this book in 1993. He has written on this topic in a totally different light than any other author. No one has expounded on: 1Thessalonians 5:3 ~ The Second Coming: While people are saying
“Peace and safety, ~ destruction will come on them suddenly.”
He has addressed the issue of who is capable of providing worldwide safety so that people will say “Peace and safety”. And further explains what the sudden destruction will be. Rather than the vague generalities, Mr. Anderson has given a detailed time frame and sequence of events for the last 1335 days of earth’s history before the Second Coming as stated in Daniel chapter 12: 12 ~ The End Times. Another refreshing authoritative difference is, after the introduction, this book uses over fifty percent of the contents directly quoting the Bible to provide strong Biblical evidence that no Theologian has been able to prove wrong since 2003 when this book was first published.
The events described are sound doctrine, realistic, logical and consistent with God’s character. It is easily understood by non-Christians but is deep enough to challenge Theologians.
Special Thanks
To Myste Lyn Anderson, my daughter, who spent days correcting the grammatical errors in this book.
Also, to George Kurian, a theologian teacher from a renowned Bible college, who also spent many hours fine tuning it. If you find any errors, it will because I’ve added some comments at the last minute without their inspection.
Created January 1993
Published January 21, 2003
Everett Lloyd Anderson.
No rights reserved.
Any part of this book may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without written permission from the author.
God gave me this book to me freely and I give His word to all freely.
God’s words are FREE.
Anyone can use this book anyway and anywhere they want.
Everett L. Anderson
DISCLAIMER: This book was written before NEW LIGHT as presented in “Eternal Life Made Easy” book,
that has been expanded into the book “Our Creator’s Truth”.
As God would have it, www.Our-Creators-Truth.com book confirms this book also.
Table of Contents
1. Introduction p 6
1.1 Overview
1.2 Points to Ponder
1.3 End Time Events Sequence ~ The last 1335 Days before the Second Coming
General Time Frame Chart
2. Sound Principles of Biblical Interpretation p 11
2.1 Be Prepared
2.2 Time Frame
2.3 Bible and Bible Only
2.4 Use the Entire Bible
2.5 Parables
2.6 Symbolic Prophecy
2.7 Revelation an Open Book
2.8 Start at the Beginning
2.9 Summary
3. God’s Trial p 15
3.1 How Sin Started
3.2 God Goes to Court
3.3 Judgment
3.4 Three Juries
3.4.1 The Three Jury Time Frame Chart
3.5 How Sin Will End
3.6 Summary
4. The Last 1335 Days~ Before the Second Coming p 23
4.1 Setting the Stage
4.1.1 Signs of the End of the Age
4.1.2 Earth’s Last Probation Period
4.1.2.1 Feast of the Trumpets
4.1.2.2 Jewish Nation
4.1.2.3 The Flood
4.1.3 The Sealing
4.1.4 The World Uniting Catalyst
4.1.5 Moslems and Christians Become Brothers.
4.2 The Seven Trumpets p 31
4.2.1 The Golden Censer
4.2.2 The First Four Trumpets
4.2.3 Spiritual Leader of the World ~ The Beast out of the Sea
4.2.4 God’s Workers
4.2.5 Confirmation Time ~ 5th Trumpet
4.2.6 Satan Impersonates Christ
4.2.7 The Beast out of the Earth
United Nations ~ USA
Good Cop ~ Bad Cop
4.2.8 The Mark of the Beast
4.2.9 Queen Ester Death Decree Repeated ~ 6th Trumpet
4.2.10 The Close of Probation ~ 7th Trumpet
4.3 Seven Last Plagues p 46
4.3.1 God’s Wrath Complete!!!
4.3.2 Armageddon
4.3.3 The Great Tribulation
4.4 Summary
5. Second Coming p 50
5.1 Christ’s Appearance
5.2 First Resurrection
5.3 Death at the Second Coming
6. The Millennium p 54
6.1 1000 Years of Rest
7. The Third Coming p 56
7.1 Second Resurrection
7.2 The Lake of Fire ~ Hell
7.2.1 Forever
7.2.2 Soul
7.2.3 Perish, Burnt, Consumed, Destroyed
7.2.4 Eternal
7.2.5 Mortal and Immortal
7.2.6 Fire and Burning Sulfur
7.2.7 The True Lake of Fire
7.3 God Vindicated
7.4 Summary
8. Life on the New Earth p 67
8.1 Heaven Moves to Earth
8.2 Summary
9. The Second Coming p 69
9.1 How Soon is Soon
Appendix
A. Questions and Answers on the Second Death p 72
B. Problems With Millennium Life p 77
B.1 No Second Chance
B.2 Sanctuary Service Ends
B.3 Saved Go ~ Lost Stay
B.4 Few Saved
B.5 Everything Destroyed
B.6 Immortal and Mortal Living Together
B.7 Questionable Texts
C. Michael the Archangel ~ The Angel God p 82
C.1 God the Father
C.2 The Angel of God
C.3 Michael The Archangel
D. On What Day Was Christ Born? ~ By Michael Scheifler p 87
D.1 The 24 Courses of the Temple Priesthood.
D.2 The Yearly Cycle of Service in the Temple.
D.3 The Conception of John the Baptist.
D.4 The Conception of Christ.
D.5 The Birth of John the Baptist.
D.6 The Birth of Christ.
D.7 Immanuel.
D.8 Conclusion
D.9 Tabernacles Future Fulfillment
E. Feast Days: Past, Present and Future p 92
F. What are God’s Children Like? p 93
G. Justice vs. Righteousness p 94
H. The World According to Anderson p 96
I. SDA’s Only ~ End Time Events ~ EGW (30 pages) p 97
Note:
All bold, statements in (brackets) and underlines are my own and, italic words with Biblical quotes
are from the New International Version (NIV) Bible.
1.
Introduction
Without the love of our Creator in any Bible study, you have only head knowledge and not heart knowledge. Without heart knowledge, a deep true love of our Creator, you cannot go to heaven. You will get to know about our Creator a little more and feel more confident about His plans and His purpose for the final conflict of the end of this world after reading this study.
Keep an open mind as you study and remember what God said in Isaiah 1:18 “Come now, let us reason together.” God is reason able and his character cannot change. Malachi 3:6 ~ I God do not change. Please consider and believe what the Bible says. Ask our Creator to guide you before you read any further.
Acts 17:11 Now the Bereans (the people reading this message) were of more noble character than the Thessalonians, for they received the message with great eagerness and examined the scriptures everyday (you are to) to see if what Paul (Everett Lloyd Anderson) said was true.
1 Thessalonians. 5:20 Do not treat prophecies with contempt. 21) Test everything. Hold to the good.
Keep in mind what Christ said about future events.
John 14:29 Christ said: I have told you now before it happens, so that when it does happen you will believe.
15:15 I no longer call you servants, because a servant does not know his master’s business. Instead, I have called you friends, for everything that I learned from my Father I have made known to you.
1 Thessalonians. 5:1 ~ The Second Coming: Now, brothers, about times and dates we do not need to write to you, 2) for you know very well that the day of God will come like a thief in the night. 3) While people are saying “Peace and safety,” destruction will come on them suddenly, as labor pains on a pregnant woman, and they will not escape. 4) But you, brothers are not in darkness so that this day should surprise you like a thief. 5) You are all sons of the light and sons of the day. We do not belong to the night or to the darkness.
Our Creator is our best friend and best friends share secrets. Unfortunately, most people are not friends with our Creator and therefore, ‘the day of God will come like a thief in the night’ for the majority of them. Most people are afraid of studying the time when Christ will come, but we all believe He will come soon. What we really want to know is, “How soon is soon”. The above statement, 1 Thessalonians 5:1~5, tells us that the times and dates are not to be written down for everyone to know but we who study the Bible will know the signs of the end of the world. It will be when people around the world are saying “Peace and Safety” 1Thess. 5:3, then sudden destruction will come. If we study about this sudden destruction in the Bible we will know “the day of God”1Thess. 5:2 (Second Coming) because we are “sons of the light” 1Thess. 5:5 and this day will not surprise us. However, we will not know the date for sure until the start of the sudden destruction and that’s what we are going to study.
Up-date: In January 2022 I presented sound doctrine on the birth of Christ as being October 1 and presented sound doctrine, in my book “Our Creator’s Truth” that the Second Coming of Christ would happen October 1, and the year was an educated guess of 2028 which I have had to change to 2030 because the war between Russian and Ukraine has taken a year longer.
I’m willing to answer any question after you have read this entire book. You may email me at: everetta@telus.net
1.1
Over View
This is a survival book that will teach you new truths from the Bible about the last 1335 days on earth just before the Second Coming of Christ. That day, the Second Coming, will not take us, God’s children, by surprise because we are children of the light and God is light. God’s light is God’s truth. He has told us beforehand of all the events which will take place during the end time. We must study to find the truth. This overview will be backed up with Biblical proof later in this book.
To understand the end time events, the end of sin events, it is imperative that we understand the beginning of sin events.
Sin started in heaven with Lucifer, later known as Satan, becoming proud, which is the beginning of sin, and wanting to become a god. This resulted in the first trial, the trial of God, with Lucifer being the accuser, the plaintiff; God Christ (God Michael, which the angels called him at that time, see appendix G), being the defendant and God the Father will be the Judge. This first sin, first conflict resulted in a war in heaven, which was a war of words like two lawyers arguing their case. The earth is the crime scene where the evidence is written in the judgment books of heaven according to what each person has done during their life. The jury consists of every intelligent creation of God. However; there are three different times of judgment. The Bible states that every knee will bow but they will bow at different times thus 3 jury’s judgments.
The first judgment, the pre-advent judgment, (before the Second Coming) the first jury, consists of the “Never Sinned”, (the un-fallen angels and intelligent being from other planets) started in 1844 with the family of God; the “Dead in Christ”, of which Abel was the first of all the “Dead in Christ”. The last people to be judged during this first judgment will be the “Living in Christ” and their judgment will end at the seventh trumpet, which is the close of earth’s probation, just prior to the Second Coming.
The second judgment, the millennial judgment, the second jury, consists of the “Saved”, will start and end their judging during their 1000 years in heaven. This will be after the Second Coming and before the Third Coming of Christ.
The third judgment, the final or executive judgment, the third jury, consists of the “Lost”, will do their judging after the second resurrection, after the Third Coming, 1000 years after the Second Coming.
Then God, the Father, will pronounce the verdict on the Lost, which is death, eternal separation from God. This will conclude God’s trial and there will never ever be anymore sin. Then He will recreate earth and live here. There will be no more death or tears, and everyone will live happily ever after.
Now that we know the beginning and the end we can now look at the last period of 1335 days of earth’s history before the Second Coming of Christ.
Just before a jury is sent out to deliberate the verdict, the lawyers of the plaintiff and defendant make their closing arguments. This trial is no different. These closing presentations will be 1260 days during the last 1335 days just before the Second Coming, which is the last probation period for the human race.
The Bible states that when people are saying “peace and safety” sudden destruction will come upon them. The sudden destruction will be the first four trumpets of Revelation, which are ecological disasters. The first trumpet will start the end time count down, the 1335 days, as stated in Chapter 12 of the book of Daniel, until the Second Coming. These plagues will cause worldwide panic and will result in the election of a Spiritual Leader of the World after 45 days. From then till the Second Coming there will be 1290 days. The next 1260 days after the Spiritual Leader of the World is put into power will be a time of separating the sheep from the goats; followers of Christ or the Anti-Christ.
The whole world will follow the Spiritual Leader of the World and his man-made laws except those who will follow the Bible and Bible only. After approximately 2 years another plague, the fifth trumpet, will cause more panic. At this time Satan will impersonate Christ and confirm the Spiritual Leader of the World’s new man-made laws and blame the plagues on the ones who are following the Bible. He will insist that they be put to death if they do not obey. This decree is the sixth trumpet. At the end of the 1260 days will be the close of probation, the seventh trumpet. The last 30 days will be the seven last plagues, which includes Armageddon then the Second Coming. In summary: 45 +1260 + 30 = 1335 days.
When Christ comes the Living Lost will be put to death instantaneously with the brightness of His coming because with the seven last plagues God’s wrath is complete!!!Those slain by God will be all over the earth. There will be no one alive to bury them. They will be like garbage lying on the ground. Satan, the tempter, is bound here on earth for a thousand years with no one to tempt. This will be his prison for 1000 years.
The Saved, the second jury, the Dead in Christ are resurrected at this time (the first resurrection) and the Living in Christ, will be caught up to meet Christ in the air at the Second Coming, and go with Him to heaven for 1000 years to look at what is recorded in the judgment books and do their judging.
The Lost will be resurrected 1000 years later (the second resurrection) to vote in the trial and every knee will bow, in heaven, the first jury, the Never Sinned, on earth, the second jury, the Saved, and under the earth, the third jury, the Lost. All will confess that God’s every dealing action was perfect. However, the Lost get off their knees and are deceived by Satan, who is set free for a little while, into thinking that they can take the New Jerusalem city by force. As they march day and night across the earth they will recall and relive their mistakes and this will be mental torment to them day and night for ever, which is until they are put to death. As they surround New Jerusalem and they are killing each other, the blood will be up to the horse’s bridles for about 300 kilometers. At that time, out of mercy, because God’s wrath will be completed with the seven last plagues, He will put them to death instantaneously as He did at the Second Coming. Nowhere in the Bible is there proof that God will torture people by burning them, even a short time, while they are alive. At the Second Coming God put to death the Lost living by His brightness and will do the same for the Second Death. God will not burn anyone to death; the torment of the Lost is self-inflicted mentally. Then the dead bodies of the Lost will be thrown into the Lake Fire, which will burn the entire world, just like the flood cover the whole earth and the Lost will be ashes under our feet. Then God will recreate earth and make His home here with the Saved.
For detailed study on Hell see below: 7.2 The Lake of Fire ~ Hell
Everyone wants to know “How soon is soon?” It will depend on how fast the United Nations changes from being a peace keeping force to a police force. Then when people around the world are saying ‘peace and safety’, sudden destruction will come. The only vehicle that can provide so called world safety from terrorists and bad dictators is the United Nations, who’s really power comes from the USA of course. After the sudden destruction there will be 1335 days until the Second Coming of Christ.
1.2
Points to Ponder
This is not only a Bible study on the 1335 days of the end time events that lead to the Second Coming but is a vindication of God’s character that has been misrepresented for thousands of years by the common understanding of what happens to the Lost in the Lake of Fire.
Points to make in this study:
1. The Start of the End Time Events will be shortly after people are saying “Peace and Safety”.
2. End Time Events Sequence.
3. From the start of the End Times (1st Trumpet) there will be 1335 days till the Second Coming.
4. Sound Principles of Biblical Interpretation.
5. How sin started and how it will end.
6. Distinguish between the Second Coming and the Third Coming Biblical texts.
7. God is on trial, He is the Defendant and Satan is the Plaintiff.
8. The trial has 3 Juries, (1) the Never Sinned, (sinless angels) (2) the Saved and (3) the Lost.
9. Then “sudden destruction” will come, which starts with the 1st Trumpet, Revelation 8:6
10. After the 4th Trumpet a Spiritual Leader of the World will be elected.
11. After the 5th Trumpet Satan will impersonate Christ.
12. The 7 Trumpets precede the 7 Last Plagues.
13. God’s purpose for the End Time Events, the 7 Trumpets and the 7 Last Plagues, is the last probation period on earth.
14. There are no humans alive on earth during the millennium.
15. Good news; the Lost are not alive when they are thrown into the Lake of Fire!
16. The Lost will be tormented day and night; tortured mentally not physically. It will be self-inflected.
1.3
End Time Events Sequence
The last 1335 days before the Second Coming.
All people who have studied the Bible know that we are living in the last days of earth’s history.
God stated that the book of Daniel 12:4, would not be understood until the time of the end. It can be understood now, and we will study some of it.
The book of Daniel as well as Revelation is a book that starts in the past and progress to the Second Coming. Some people want to interpret Daniel Chapter 12, time frame based on the start date of the 1260, 1290 and 1335 days a being 508 and 538 AD and ending in 1798, 1843 and 1844; however, the context of the time frame is the ENDING date, which is the Second Coming, thus the time frame to be use is not a day for a year but a day for a day. Marten Luther had sound hermeneutics but we know that sound hermeneutics changes with new light.
Just as we can confirm the date of the “going forth to rebuild Jerusalem” by working backwards 490 years from the death of Christ; we can work backwards from the Second Coming to confirm the time frame of the last 1335 days of sinful earth’s history.
1.3.1
End Time Events Sequence
Daniel 12:4 The End Times “But you, Daniel, close up and seal the words of the scroll until the time of the end. Many will go here and there to increase knowledge. … 6 “How long will it be before these astonishing things are fulfilled?” 7 (a) below) “It will be for a time, times, and half a time
(3 ½ years = 30 days a month x 12 x 3.5 = 1260 days). When the power of the holy people has been finally broken,
all these things will be completed. ….11 (b) “From the time that the daily sacrifice (supplied
word) is abolished and the abomination that causes
desolation is set up, (God’s
laws replaced with man’s)there will be 1290 days.
12 (c) Blessed
is the one who waits for and reaches the end of the 1335 days. 13 But you go your way till the end; for you shall rest, and
will arise to your inheritance at the end of the days.”
Day 1 1 The 1st Trumpet is the start of Daniel chapter 12, time frame.
Day 45 45 The Spiritual Leader of the World (Pope) will be elected.
Day 1305 (a) + 1260 The 7th Trumpet, Close of Probation and the start of
The 7 Last Plagues.
Day 1335 (b) + 30 The 7 Last Plagues. Pope elected to the Second Coming = 1290
___________
Days (c) = 1335 End Time Second Coming Events
This is a broad overview of the end time events.
General Time Frame Chart
Day one of the last 1335 days before the Second Coming starts with the first trumpet and will proceed as outlined below.
- When they say “peace and safety” then sudden destruction will come,1 Thessalonians 5: 3.
![]()
- The first of four trumpets, Revelation 8: 7.
-
Spiritual Leader of the World is elected, Revelation 13: 2.
- 180 days (estimate) to pass laws, Revelation 13:16.
![]()
- 360 days (estimate) to practice the new spiritual laws.
- 180 days (estimate) of miracles by the Beast out of the Earth, Revelation. 13:13.
- 150 days, 5 months, of the 5th Trumpet, Revelation 9: 5.
- 90 days (est.) of Satan impersonating Christ, 2 Corinthians 11:14
![]()
- 6t h trumpet (est.) death
decree issued Revelation 9: 13.
- 7th trumpet close of probation and
start of 7 Last Plagues. Revelation 11: 15; 15:1.
- Second Coming 1 Thessalonians 4:16
Days / ? / 45 / 180 / 360 / 180 / 150 / 90 / 300 / 30 .
Day 1 45 225 585 735 915 1005 1305 1335
1 1335 days 1335 Daniel 12: 12
45 1290 days 1335 Daniel 12: 11
45 1260 days 1305 Daniel 12: 6+7
2.
Sound Principles of Biblical Interpretation
2.1
Be Prepared ~ Sound Doctrine
Before we can start any Bible study we must have sound principles of biblical interpretation. We must obey what the Bible commands us to do and that is to ‘be prepared’, 2 Timothy 4: 2. That means you and not your preacher or anyone else. You are responsible for what you believe. Prayerfully consider this study.
2 Timothy 4:2 Preach the Word; be prepared in season and out of season; (all the time) correct, rebuke and encourage with great patience and careful instruction. 3) For the time will come when men will not put up with sound doctrine. Instead, to suit their own desires, they will gather around them a great number of teachers to say what their itching ears want to hear. 4) They will turn their ears away from the truth and turn aside to myths.
How are we to ‘be prepared’ so that we may know the truth and have ‘sound doctrine’ about end time events and not ‘turn aside to myths’? Christ gave us an example of a Bible study.
Luke 24:27 And beginning with Moses and all the Prophets, he explained to them what was said in
all the Scriptures concerning himself.
Christ took one subject, and ‘all the Scriptures’ and came up with one doctrine ‘concerning himself’ about why he was sent to earth. We have to study all scriptures concerning both the Old and New Testament the end time events to become wise children of the light.
Remember that God wants to call you friends; close friends have no secrets.
John 15:14 You are my friends if you do what I command. 15) I no longer call you servants, because a servant does not know his master’s business. Instead, I have called you friends, for everything that I learned from my Father I have made known to you.
In the last days, the final effort of the devil will be to deceive the whole world.
Revelation 13:14 Because of the signs he was given power to do on behalf of the first beast,
he deceived the inhabitants of the earth.
Matthew 24:12 Because of the increase of wickedness, the love of most (the majority) will grow cold, 13) but he who stands firm to the end will be saved.
This confirms that ‘most’ people will not have the truth during the end times. Only a few fully surrendered people will remain loyal to God. (See appendix F.4 “Few Saved”)
Revelation 12: 17 Then the dragon was enraged at the woman (God’s people, Revelation 12:1, 19:7) and went off to make war against the rest of her offspring, those who obey God’s commandments and hold to the testimony of Christ.
So be prepared; study this lesson prayerfully.
2.2
Time Frame
We must always consider the ‘Time Frame’ in which the chapter and verse is applied. It could have applications to (1) the people and/or the church of the time it was written and/or (2) the people and/or the church throughout the ages and/or (3) a historical and/or a futuristic application and/or (4) an application to the Second and/or the Third Coming. Never take the chapter or verse out of context by taking it out of its proper time frame and placing it in the wrong time frame. Don’t restrict the word of God to your own belief; the context may have more than one application.
2.3 Bible and Bible Only
I’m a firm believer in keeping explanations short and therefore I quote a lot from the Bible. We must be able to explain any subject (doctrine) from the Bible only. Historical records will confirm the statements in the Bible too. The Bible truths can and should be explained in simple language that all people can understand. If an explanation has to go into too much detail and doesn’t quote many scriptures, then people may rightfully doubt it. The Bible has over 40 authors which was written by man as directed by God. None of the authors contradict each other; therefore, if any other person writes about a Biblical subject, their statements should never contradict the other authors of the Bible.
2.4
Use the Entire Bible
2Timothy 3:16 All scripture is God-breathed (God is the Author of the Bible, God approved what man wrote, otherwise it would never have been put into His Bible) and is useful for teaching, rebuking, correcting and training righteousness.
Proverbs 30: 5 Every word of God is flawless.
Psalms 119: 11 I have hidden your word in my heart that I might not sin against you.
Psalms 119: 105 Your word is a lamp to my feet and a light for my path.
John 17:17 Sanctify them by the truth; your word is truth.
1 Thessalonians 5:20 Do not treat prophecies with contempt. 21) Test everything. (Prove it from the Bible)
Hold to the good.
Matthew 24:14 Christ said: And this gospel (Christ only had the Old Testament, this means all of the Bible.) of the kingdom will be preached in the whole world as a testimony to all nations, and then the end will come.
15) So when you see standing in the holy place ‘the abomination that causes desolation’ spoken of through the prophet Daniel; let the reader understand; then let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains.
These are some New Testament commands to study prophecies, not only the New Testament but the Old Testament as well, especially the book of Daniel. These commands are not just for Preachers; they are also for you. You are God’s child and His ambassador and you must know the word of God.
2.5
Parables
It is generally understood that parables are designed to teach one fundamental truth, and that the details of the parable need not necessarily have significance in themselves, except as “props” and/or emphasis for the story. In other words, the details of a parable must not be pressed as having a literal meaning in terms of spiritual truth unless the context makes clear that such a meaning is intended.
Out of this principle grows another:
It is not wise to use the details of a parable to teach doctrine. Only the fundamental teaching of a parable as clearly set forth in its context and confirmed by the general tenor of scripture, together with details explained in the context itself, may legitimately be considered as a basis for doctrine.
2.6
Symbolic Prophecy
In the interpretation of symbolic prophecy it is important to permit the same spirit that dictated the vision to identify its symbols; namely the rest of the inspired Bible. Where such identification is lacking, the interpreter is left to guess as to the application; hence one’s own opinion must be weighed with much evidence. Further, as in parables, the various features of symbolic presentations have varying degrees of significance and importance. Parables and symbolic prophecies must not be made to stand on all four feet. Equal importance must not be attached to every detail of their pictures. Some features may be introduced merely to round out the presentation, or to provide a consistent background. As in the case of parables, we must learn the over-all objective of the vision, and what features of the pictorial presentation are intended to convey divine truth.
2.7
Revelation an Open Book
Many servants of God have said that the book of Revelation is a sealed book or at the very least cannot be understood. The very name “Revelation” contradicts the statement that it is a sealed book. ‘Revelation' means that something of importance is revealed.”
Revelation 22:10 “Do not seal up the words of the prophecy of this book” (Revelations can be understood.)
Revelation 1:1 The revelation of Christ, (The purpose of the Book of Revelation is just that; the revealing of Christ, look for Christ and His plans in it.) which God gave him to show his servants what must soon take place. … 3) Blessed is the one who reads the words of this prophecy, and blessed are those who hear it and take to heart what is written in it, because the time is near.
When John wrote the book of Revelation, approximately 95 AD, he had only the Old Testament for reference. To understand the New Testament, especially the book of Revelation, God has given us the Old Testament to refer to its examples and types.
Be blessed and read this study carefully and completely.
What does “soon, Revelation 1:1; the time is near, Revelation 1:3” mean? Our lifetime is only about 80years.
When you die the next thing, you know and see is Christ coming; that’s soon, a short lifetime.
There are four basic variations of the interpretation of the Book of Revelation.
1. Historicist The prophecies have been fulfilled throughout history and are still being fulfilled today.
2. Preterist Most prophecies were fulfilled during the time of the Roman Empire and do not take into consideration the time frame of the biblical text and subject.
3. Futurist Most prophecies are yet to be fulfilled.
4. Idealists View it as symbolic pictures of victory of good over evil.
The best of the above is Historic; however, with this study, the 1335 days are in the future.
2.8
Start at the Beginning
To have a firm foundation of any Bible study you must understand the truth of about how sin started in the universe. We have to view the Bible as a whole and rate all its parts to the one central theme, the great controversy over the character and government of God. Without having sound understanding of the past we can’t understand the future.
Before we can study about the end time events, just prior to the Second Coming, and the end of sin events, the Third Coming and the Lake of Fire, we must have a clear understanding about the start of sin events. We must also know how and why sin started and why sin was permitted to grow without punishment. If we don’t have a firm foundation on these topics we will be led astray by many end time events stories that sound good but are not based on the whole truth, which has to be consistent with God’s character.
2.9
Summary
To have sound doctrine we must follow Christ’s example (Luke 24:27) by using the whole Bible on one topic. We must consider the time frame of which the chapter and verse is to be applied. Parables and symbolism are to be viewed for the message that they are giving which is consistent with the overall theme of the Bible. We must know exactly how and why the great controversy of sin started, which we will clarify now.
3.
God’s Trial
3.1
How Sin Started
God has given all intelligent beings on this planet and others (the Bible alludes to the fact that earth is not the only nation outside of heaven.) the freedom of choice to live God's way or to live their own way. By giving this freedom, God knew that one day someone would challenge Him. He knew that there would have to be a trial because by His own nature He does not want to force anyone to live by His rules. God is patient and kind. His nature can never change to force.
1 John 4:16 God is Love
1 Corinthians 13:4 Love is patient and kind.
Malachi 3:6 I God do not change.
God knew (Isaiah 14 and Ezekiel 28) that eventually one of His children would rebel. Lucifer, one of the top angels, later known as the King of Tyre (earth, Ezekiel 28), was the first one who didn’t want to live God's way. Lucifer became proud and greedy. He wanted to be like God, to take over as a god. God said no, impossible. Lucifer then accused the Father of being unfair and this resulted in the first conflict in God's family, (Ezekiel 28) the first sin, the first struggle for power.
How did disobedience, conflict, evil, sin, start? It started in heaven with God's family of angels. Lucifer developed sin in himself and became Satan, the father of sin, the leader of the Devils.
Isaiah 14: 12 How you have fallen from heaven, O morning star, (Lucifer) son of the dawn! You have been cast down to the earth, you who once laid low the nations! (Possible evidence that there are other planets with inhabitants with free choice because on earth there were no “nations”, only 2 people, Adam and Eve, before sin.) 13) You said in your heart, “I will ascend to heaven; I will raise my throne above the stars of God; I will sit enthroned on the mount of assembly, on the utmost heights of the sacred mountain. (Replace God; take His place as Ruler of the universe. Maybe Lucifer didn’t think of murdering God then, but over time his jealousy became hatred, which led to him to crucify Christ using the Roman army.) 14) I will ascend above the tops of the clouds; I will make myself like the Most High. (God's character is love, in the original, agape love, a love that perfectly denies self. That divine self-denial found ultimate expression at the cross, where Satan's hatred also found ultimate expression.)
Ezekiel 28:1 The word of God came to me:2) "Son of man, say to the King of Tyre, (Another name for Lucifer – Satan) 'This is what the Sovereign God says: "In the pride of your heart you say, "I am god.” 12) "You were the model of perfection full of wisdom and perfect in beauty.13) You were in Eden the garden of God. (As the serpent, Genesis 3.) 14) You were anointed as a guardian cherub, (one of the top angels) for so I ordained you. 15) You were blameless (sinless) in your ways from the day you were created (in heaven) till wickedness was found in you.16) You were filled with violence, and you sinned. So I drove you in disgrace from the mount of God, and expelled you, O guardian cherub.17) Your heart became proud (first sin in heaven) on account of your beauty, and you corrupted your wisdom because of your splendor. So I threw you to the earth.
Revelation 12: 1 The Woman and the Dragon A great and wondrous sign appeared in heaven: a woman clothed with the sun, with the moon under her feet and a crown of twelve stars on her head. 3) Then another sign appeared in heaven: an enormous red dragon (Lucifer, Satan) … 4) His tail swept (convinced) a third of the stars out of the sky and flung them to the earth. (Here fallen angels are called stars.) 9) The great dragon was hurled down, that ancient serpent called the devil or Satan, (leader of the stars) who leads the whole world astray. He was hurled to the earth and his angles (stars) with him. 10) Then I heard a loud voice in heaven say: “Now have come the salvation and the power and the kingdom of our God, and the authority of his Christ. For the accuser (Satan, plaintiff) of our brothers, who accuses them before our God day and night, has been hurled down.
Revelation 9:1 I saw a star (Lucifer, Satan) that had fallen from the sky to the earth. The star (Lucifer, Satan) was given the key to the shaft of the Abyss.
Satan and 1/3 of the angels (Revelation 12: 4) who believed in him had to leave heaven. The rest of the angels (2/3), the Never Sinned, remained in heaven. In every conflict you will have different opinions and some of the angels that remained in heaven had some questions or doubts. They may have thought that Satan was right about something’s but were not sure. God knew that they may have these doubts and so He had to let Satan live and prove to everyone that once you start sinning and you don’t want to repent and obey your Heavenly Father, the result will be that you will continue to sin more and more.
How can this first conflict of Satan wanting to be a god; disagreeing with God’s governing laws, be settled without God's character being changed?
If God had destroyed, killed or even disciplined Lucifer and eliminated sin, then all the rest of His family would fear Him. They would obey because of fear and not out of love. Do good earthly fathers and mothers want their children to obey out of fear or love? Out of love of course! God wants us to obey because we trust Him.
John14:15 If you love me, you will obey what I command.
John 12:50 I know that His command leads to eternal life.
1 John 5:3 This is love for God: to obey his commands. And his commands are not burdensome.
We can only trust Him if we love Him.
We can only love Him if we know Him.
We can only know Him if we have a personal relationship with Him.
Sin started in heaven with Lucifer; one of the top two cherubim angels. He wanted to be a god which put God on trial. We all know the rest of the story, Genesis 3, of how Lucifer (Satan) used a beautiful serpent to deceive Eve into the first sin on earth.
3.2
God Goes to Court
Lucifer wanted to be a god; God said it was impossible. To settle this conflict, the great controversy of who is right and who is wrong, there has to be something similar to our court trial by Judge and Jury. When I say similar, it is and it isn’t. The Bible states that Christ is both our lawyer Hebrews 7:25, Revelation 20:4and our Judge, John 5:27; however it also states that the saints will be judges too, 1 Corinthians 6:2. If God was the only judge and jury he could have sentenced Lucifer to death immediately before he cast him out of heaven; however as I stated before God wants people to obey him out of love rather than fear; therefore, this conflict must go to trial. In this trial illustration I’ve given God, the Father, the position of Judge, and God, Christ the defendant’s position. For further clarification you may want to read appendix C.
Plaintiff Lucifer, the accuser, Revelation 12:10, is the Plaintiff; the person that finds fault with another party and demands justice.
Defendant Christ, the accused, is the Defendant. He has to prove His innocents to the jury.
Judge God the Father is the Judge who will carry out the sentence.
Jury The Jury will be all the intelligent beings ever created.
Courtroom Earth is the courtroom.
There has to be juries because it is God, His government and laws which are on trial. He has to be proven 100 percent correct in all His judgments by all the people He has created. If He was the only one to judge then He could have done that when sin first started in heaven. He could have punished Lucifer and thus everyone would obey Him out of fear and not love. Like Shakespeare said, “The whole world is a stage”, and everyone has a part. He was right; they are all members of the jury. All will check the books of records to see if God treated everyone fair and just. Thus, God is on trial as well as the people of earth.
3.3
Judgment
All over the world people talk about the Judgment Day. Have you ever heard a Biblical study on Judgment? Most believe that God will be the Judge and Jury, and your judgment takes place when you die and you are sent to Heaven or Hell immediately. To have a firm foundation about where and when we go to heaven or hell, we must first study the doctrine of judgment.
1 Corinthians 4:4 It is God who judges me. 5) Therefore, judge nothing before the appointed time;
wait till God comes.
Acts 17:31 For he has set a day when he will judge (not the day you die, Acts 2:34+29)
Romans 14: 12 So then, each of us will give an account of himself to God. (Individual account)
Hebrews 7:25 He always lives to intercede for them. (Christ our lawyer)
James 2:12 Speak and act as those who are going to be judged by the law that gives freedom
Daniel 7:9 As I looked, “thrones were set in place, and the Ancient of Days took his seat. 10) The court was seated, and the books were opened. (Court House)
Revelation 11: 18 The Seventh Trumpet The time has come for judging the dead and for rewarding your servants the prophets and your saints (During the end times)
Revelation 14:7 The Three Angels “Fear God and give him glory, because the hour of his judgment has come. (During the end times)
1 Peter 4:17 For it is time for judgment to begin with the family of God (The Dead in Christ, the Saved.)
Revelation 22:11 Christ is Coming Let him who does wrong continue to do wrong; let him who is vile continue to be vile; (no second chance) let him who does right continue to do right; and let him who is holy continue to be holy.” 12) “Behold, I am coming soon!” My reward is with me.” (Second Coming, not when you die.)
Hebrews 11:32 And what more shall I say? I do not have time to tell about Gideon, Barak, Samson, Jephthan, David, Samuel and the prophets, who through faith conquered kingdoms, administered justice, and gained what was promised. 39) These were all commended for their faith, yet none of them received what had been promised. 40) God had planned something better for us so that only together with us would they be made perfect. (The Saved go at the same time, Second Coming.)
1 John 2:25 And this is what he promised us, even eternal life. (Immortality, 1 Corinthians 15:51)
1 Corinthians 15:51 Listen, I tell you a mystery: We will not all sleep, but we will all be changed, (The Saved, 1Thess. 4:16)52) in a flash, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trumpet. (Immortality only at the Second Coming, 1Thess. 4:16) For the trumpet will sound, the dead will be raised imperishable, (first resurrection, Second Coming, 1Thess. 4:16) and we will be changed. 53) For the perishable must clothe itself with the imperishable and the mortal with immortality.
Acts 2:29 Brothers, I can tell you confidently that the patriarch David died and was buried and his tomb is here to this day.34)David did not ascend to heaven,(still sleeping)
John 11:11 Christ said: “Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep; but I am going there to wake him up.” … 23)Christ said to her, “Your brother (Lazarus, John 11: 17) will rise again.”24) Martha answered, “I know he will rise at the last day.”(Second Coming)
Ecclesiastes 3:17 God will bring to judgment (future) both the righteous and the wicked, for here will be a time for every activity.
John 5:28 Do not be amazed at his, for a time is coming when all who are in their graves will hear his voice 29)and come out, those who have done good will rise to live, (they are not living now) and those who have done evil will rise to be condemned.(Not yet but in the future.)
Revelation 20:4 They(souls)came to life (the Saved, first resurrection, Second Coming) and reigned with Christ a thousand years. 5)The rest of the dead did not come to life until the thousand years were ended. (The Lost, second resurrection) This is the first resurrection. 6) Blessed and holy are those who have part in the first resurrection. The second death has no power over them, but they will be (future) priests of God and of Christ and will reign (future) with him for a thousand years. (In heaven till the Third Coming; when He will make earth His home.) 12)And I saw the dead, great and small, standing before the throne, and books were opened. Another book was opened, which is the book of life. The dead (the Lost) were judged according to what they had done as recorded in the books.(The time frame for judging the dead, the Lost, is at the Third Coming, one thousand years after the Second Coming. When people die they are put into a grave and they remain there in a dead sleep (no thoughts, Eccl. 9: 10) until they are resurrected. The Dead in Christ are resurrected at the Second Coming and the Lost are resurrected at the Third Coming.
Ecclesiastes 9:10 Whatever you hand finds to do, do it with all your might, for in the grave, where you are going, there is neither working nor planning nor knowledge nor wisdom.
Hebrews 9:27 Just as man is destined to die once, and after that to face judgment, (no second chance) 28) so Christ as sacrificed once to take away the sins of many people; and he will appear a second time, not to bear sin, but to ring salvation to those who are waiting for him. (Salvation comes only once and that is at the Second Coming; again no second chance.)
Romans 2:12 God’s Righteous Judgment All who sin apart from the law (Gentiles; all who have not heard of Christ or the Bible) will also perish apart from the law, and all who sin under the law (Jews and Christians) will be judged by the law. 13) For it is not those who hear the law who are righteous in God’s sight, but it is those who obey the law who will be declared righteous. 14) Indeed, when Gentiles, who do not have the law, do by nature things required by the law, they are a law for themselves, even though they do not have the law, 15) since they show that the requirements of the law are written on their heats, their consciences also bearing witness, and their thoughts now accusing, now even defending them. 16) This will take place on the day (future) when God will judge men’s secrets through Christ, as my gospel declares. (No Second Chance)
This is sound doctrine that there will be a judgment in the future. If the judgment is in the future this means no one can go to heaven or hell until after they are judged. Nowhere in the Bible is there a place where people go after they die, like purgatory, before they are judged. The Saved will go to heaven at the Second Coming when they receive immortality and the Lost will be raised, judged and condemned at the Third Coming, 1000 years later. (Revelation 20) So the doctrine that all the dead sleep until they are resurrected has to be correct. You will have some questions about this topic so I’ve put in appendix C, Death and Soul Bible Study, and D, Answers to Difficult Bible Texts.
3.4
Three Juries
We all know that judgment day is coming and we believe that God will judge us. But in fact it is God that is on trial and all intelligent beings ever created are jury members that will judge Him as to whether He was fair or not in with the lives of humans and the fallen angels. This judgment will determine where we end up; in heaven or not. I will now present biblical texts to provide evidence of the three juries. You will notice that judgment will be determined from what is written in “the books”; which are for the jury’s benefit not God’s because God knows everything. Of course God will pass out the final judgment after the verdict is in.
Jury #1 The Never Sinned started judging 1844 and will finish at the Seventh Trumpet.
Jury #2 The Saved will start judging after the Second Coming.
Jury #3 The Lost will start judging after the Third Coming.
Daniel 7:9 The Ancient of Days (God the Father, Judge) took His seat.
7:10 The Court (Jury) was seated and the books were opened. (Everyone's life record)
Philippians 2:10 At the name of Christ every knee will bow, In heaven (Jury #1, The Never Sinned) and on earth (Jury #2, The Saved) and under the earth, (Jury #3, The Lost) and every tongue confess (100%) that Christ is God.
We have a Court room scene but there are three juries.
The 1st Jury, in heaven, all who have never sinned. They will examine the books and agree with God that all the Saved and the Lost were judged correctly according to their life record. The only sinners in the universe are here on earth which includes the fallen angels who are bound to earth. Revelation 20:2, Genesis 3:22
John 3:17 For God did not send his Son into the world to condemn (Judge) the world, but to save the world through him. (Judgment of the world will come later.)
1 Peter 4:17 For it is time for judgment to begin with the family of God (The Dead in Christ, the Saved.)
Daniel 9:25 Know and understand this: From the issuing of the decree to restore and rebuild Jerusalem…
Daniel 8:14 He said to me, “It will take 2,300(Prophetically = 2300 years, Ezekiel 14: 34) evenings and mornings; then the sanctuary will be reconsecrated. (Judgment started in 1844)
Revelation 22:11 Let him who does wrong continue to do wrong; let him who is vile continue to be vile; let him who does right continue to do right; and let him who is holy continue to be holy.”12)” Behold, I am coming soon! My reward is with me.”
The time prophecies of Daniel have been proven, by the date Christ died, to start “From the issuing of the decree” Daniel 9:25, which was in Ezra 7:9, October 22, 457 B.C. By applying this same starting date to the 2300 years prophecy you get October 22, 1844. “The sanctuary will be reconsecrated,” Daniel 8:14 Judgment started in Heaven (1844). The Never Sinned has to be the first jury because there is no one else to judge them. The ‘judgment to begin with the family of God’, 1 Peter 4:17, shows us that the first to be judged, by the first jury, the Never Sinned, will be the ‘Dead in Christ.’ Abel first, then each generation until it is time to judge the ‘Living in Christ’. The Saved Living, will also be judged by the first Jury, the Never Sinned just prior to the Second Coming then they are sealed, Revelation 22:11.
The 2nd Jury, on earth, all the Saved, will start their judgment when they get to heaven. 1 Corinthians 6:2.
Like all juries, they will have to look over all the evidence so that there is not a shadow of doubt as to the verdict.
Revelation 20:4 I saw thrones on which were seated those who had been given authority to judge. ….
They came to life (at the Second Coming) and reigned with Christ (Christ takes them to heaven)
a thousand years.
1 Corinthians 6:2 Do you not know that the saints (the Saved) will judge the world?
Matthew 19:28 Christ said, “I tell you the truth, at the renewal of all things, when the Son of man sits on his glorious throne, you who have followed me will also sit on twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel.
John 12:47 For I (Christ) did not come to judge the world, (Judgment is in the future) but to save it. 48) There is a judge for the one who rejects me (the Lost reject Christ) and does not accept my words; (Only the Bible, God, Christ, was the author that gave man the words, visions and dreams that make up the whole Bible.) that very word which I spoke will condemn him at the last day.(Judgment of the Lost will be at the Third coming, 1000 years after the Second Coming, Revelation 20:4+5.)
At the Second Coming the Saved will be taken to heaven. (John 14:2) They’ll have 1000 years (Millennium Revelation 20: 1-10) to look over the Books of Record of all the lost and saved. They may think, “Why is so and so here and why isn’t so and so here?” Just like the Never Sinned, the Saved will have all their questions and doubts answered when they get to heaven and examine the judgment books, the court records of everyone’s life.
The 3rd Jury, “under the earth”, all the Lost, Phil. 2:10 “every knee will bow …. and tongue confess”, means that 100 percent of all intelligent beings will be in agreement, no question and no doubts, that God’s way was and is 100 percent correct. Then sin will never ever happen again. Revelation 21:4.
2 Thess. 2:7 For the secret power of lawlessness is already at work, but the one who now holds it back will continue to do so till he is taken out of the way. 8) And then the lawless one will be revealed whom Christ will overthrow with the breath of his mouth and destroyed (the Lost) by the splendor (His Glory) of his (Second) Coming.
Jeremiah 25:33 At that time those slain by God will be everywhere from one end of the earth to the other. They will not be mourned or gathered up or buried, (At the Second Coming Christ splendor will slay all the lost and there will be no humans alive on earth to bury the dead) but will be like refuse lying on the ground.
Revelation 20:5 The rest of the dead (the Lost, humans) did not come to life until the thousand years were ended.
Revelation 20:14 Then death and Hades were thrown into the lake of fire. The lake of fire is the second death.
Why will all the Lost be raised from the dead, (Revelation 20:5 “did not come to life,”) a1000 years after the Second Coming just to be put to death a second time? They have to have a fair trial. God will reveal to them their life record. All the Lost will agree that God gave them many opportunities to be saved and they will kneel in acknowledgement. (Philippians 2:10)
God will not force anyone to do His will. He will give everyone a vote on a jury. Our God is a God of order. God created the world in 6 days and then rested 1 day. He said we are to work the land for 6 years and let it rest for 1 year. We’ve been on this planet for approximately 6000 years and then we will rest with Him, in heaven, for 1000 years judging the world, Revelation 20:4, “the saints(the Saved) will judge the world” 1 Corinthians 6:2. Because this trail has been going on for approximately 6000 years, the Second Coming may happen within this generation.
3.4.1
The Three Jury Time Frame Chart
Judgment has already started with the dead. The exact time the judgment of the living starts is unknown,
but the close of judgment will be at the 7th trumpet.
- Judgment of the ‘Dead in Christ’ started with Abel,
the first to die. Daniel 8:24
- The First Jury. Philippians
2:10
- Judgment of the Living starts.
- The 1260 days of testing time.
- The close of probation, the 7th Trumpet.
Revelation 11
- The end of Christ Ministry in Heaven. Daniel 12:1
- The Seven Last Plagues. Revelation 15:1
- The Second Coming. 1 Thessalonians 4:16
- 1000 years in heaven. Revelation 20:4
- The Second Jury. Philippians 2:10
- Third Coming. Revelation 20
- The Third Jury Philippians
2:10
- The New Earth Revelation 21
1844 The First Jury ? / 1260days
7 L P’s
The Second Jury
The 3rd Jury
3.5
How Sin Will End
After the third and final Jury gives its verdict, God will pass the death sentence, the second death, on the Lost.
Romans 6:23 For the wages of sin is death, (not torture) but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ.
Revelation 20:14 Then death and Hades were thrown into the lake of fire. The lake of fire is the second death.
Revelation 21:1 Then I saw a new heaven and a new earth, for the first heaven and the first earth had passed away… 4) He will wipe every tear from their eyes. There will be no more death or mourning or crying or pain, for the old order of things has passed away. (The time frame is the Third Coming.)
The Lost will be put to death quickly then burnt up in the Lake of Fire. God will recreate the world as it was before sin. This will be discussed in detail in chapter 7.2, The Lake of Fire.
3.6
Summary
From this study we see that sin started in heaven with Lucifer accusing God of having an imperfect government and how this great controversy has to go to trial and all intelligent beings with freedom of choice will be given chance to voice their opinion in a jury, even the Lost will bow in agreement. All agree that God’s ways are perfect. Still many will not want to obey Him and they will be put to death, the second death. The rest will live forever with no more tears, pain or death. This gives you the big picture of how sin started and how it will end. Now let’s study more in detail the end time events.
4.
The Last 1335 Days ~ Before the Second Coming
4.1
Setting the Stage
Everyone has heard people talk about “The Battle of Armageddon” and “The Great Tribulation” at the end of the world. Have you ever heard any one set the stage for these events Biblically? It is true this world, as we know it today, will go through “a time of distress such as has not happened from the beginning of nations” Daniel 12: 1, and there will be a battle of Armageddon, which will happen just before the Second Coming of Christ.
Daniel 12: 12 The End Times: Blessed is the one who waits for and reaches the end of the 1335 days.
We are going to study what happens during the 1335 days, when they will start and end.
4.1.1
Signs of the End of the Age
Before we study Daniel 12: 12let’s read what Christ said about the “Signs of the End of the Age” and keep it in mind as you study further.
Matthew 24:4 Signs of the End of the Age: Christ answered: “Watch out that no one deceives you. 5) For many will come in my name, claiming, ‘I am the Christ,’ and will deceive many. 6) You will hear of wars and rumors of wars, but see to it that you are not alarmed. Such things must happen, but the end is still to come. 7) Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be famines and earthquakes in various places. 8) All these are the beginning of birth pains. 9) “Then you will be handed over to be persecuted and put to death, and you will be hated by all nations because of me. 10) At that time many will turn away from the faith and will betray and hate each other, 11) and many false prophets will appear and deceive many people. 12) Because of the increase of wickedness, the love of most will grow cold, 13) but he who stands firm to the end will be saved. 14) And this gospel of the kingdom will be preached in the whole world as a testimony to all nations, and then the end will come. 15) “So when you see standing in the holy place ‘the abomination that causes desolation spoken of through the prophet Daniel, let the reader (you) understand, 16) then let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains. 17) Let no one on the roof of his house go down to take anything out of the house. 18) Let no one in the field go back to get his cloak. 19) How dreadful it will be in those days for pregnant women and nursing mothers! 20) Pray that your flight will not take place in winter or on the Sabbath. 21) For then there will be great distress, unequaled from the beginning of the world until now, and never to be equaled again. 22) If those days had not been cut short, no one would survive.
Mark 13:23 Signs of the End of the Age: “I have told you everything ahead of time.”
God has told us everything ahead of time in the Bible. We have to study it to find the answers.
In fact Christ commanded us to do just that, “let the reader (you) understand, Daniel”
prophecy, Matthew 24: 15.
Luke 21:25. Signs of the End of the Age: There will be signs in the sun, moon and stars. On the earth, nations will be in anguish and perplexity at the roaring and tossing of the sea. 26) Men will faint from terror, (worldwide panic) apprehensive of what is coming on the world, for the heavenly bodies (meteorites, asteroids and comets) will be shaken.27) At that time they will see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and great glory. 28) When these things begin to take place, stand up and lift up your heads, because your redemption is drawing near….
32) “I tell you the truth; this generation will certainly not pass away until all these things have happened.”
From this end time description we can see that the people are terrorized by what is “coming on the world for the heavenly bodies will be shaken”, Luke 21:26,not atomic warfare or worldwide depression as some would have you believe. The length that the end time events will last will be less than a generation, which is commonly known to be 20 years, or 10 years for a generation gap. This fits with Daniel’s 1335 days, (3 years 8 months)
4.1.2
Earth’s Last Probation Period
With earth’s last probation period coming soon it’s important to understand the character of God and how it relates to the end time events.
We all know that God is patient and has always given His children a time period or a probation period to mend their ways before He casts judgment upon them. The Old Testament is full of examples of these probation periods. Likewise, before the end of this earth, He will do the same. He will give the people living during the last days of this sin filled earth a probation period in which to repent and come back to Him.
Matthew 25:32 The Sheep and the Goats: All the nations will be gathered before him, and he will separate the people one from another as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats.”
Revelation 18:4 The Fall of Babylon: Come out of her (worldwide false religious system, End time, not yet) my people, so that you will not share in her sins, so that you will not receive her plagues.
It will be a gathering time of His sheep from all over the world. Matthew 25:32 There will be a starting date and a closing date for Earth’s probation. The starting date will be when sudden destruction comes, which will be shortly after people are saying “Peace and Safety”. The closing date will be 1335 days after the sudden destruction.
This statement may seem gratuitous at this point but I will back them up in detail later.
4.1.2.1
Feast of the Trumpets
To understand the Book of Revelation we must look to the Old Testament. One example of probation is found in Leviticus:
Leviticus 23:23 Feast of Trumpets: “God said to Moses, 24) “Say to the Israelites: “On the first day of the seventh month (Tishri or Rosh Hashanah = Sep. – Oct. Appendix A) you are to have a day of rest, a sacred assembly commemorated with trumpet blasts. (Trumpet blasts are warnings.) 25) Do no regular work, but present an offering made to God by fire.”
Day of Atonement: 26) God said to Moses, 27) “The tenth day of the seventh month is the Day of Atonement, (Yom Kippur, Appendix B). Hold a sacred assembly and deny yourselves, and present an offering made to God by fire. 28) Do no work on that day, because it is the Day of Atonement, when atonement is made for you before YeHoVaH your God.” 29) Anyone who does not deny himself on that day must be cut off from his people.
Trumpets in the Bible were used to get the people’s attention to what was going to take place such as a warning of approaching danger. (See Joel 2:1, Jeremiah 6:1, 51:27, Ezekiel 33:3, Hosea 8:1, etc.) The Feast of the Trumpets was 10 days prior to the Day of Atonement. (Yom Kippur) They started with a trumpet blast, which was a preparation time, a probation time, for the people to be ready for the Day of Atonement, which was a type of Judgment Day. The Feast of the Trumpets is an example of the end time probation period, which the Seven Trumpets of Revelation 8: 6 to 9:15 and 11:15-19 to be. This will take place just before the Second Coming of Christ. There is a starting and closing date for the probation time.
4.1.2.2
Jewish Nation
Another example of a start and close of probation is that of the Jewish Nation as is found in the Book of Daniel.
Daniel 9:11 All Israel has transgressed your law and turned away, refusing to obey you. “Therefore the curses and sworn judgments written in the Law of Moses, the servant of God, have been poured out on us, because we have sinned against you. 12) You have fulfilled the words spoken against us and against our rulers by bringing upon us great disaster. Under the whole heaven nothing has ever been done like what has been done to Jerusalem. 13) Just as it is written in the Law of Moses, all this disaster has come upon us, yet we have not sought the favor of YeHoVaH our God by turning from our sins and giving attention to your truth. …
24) Seventy weeks are decreed for your people (With respect to the Jew’s role as God’s chosen people. 70 weeks x7 days = 490 prophetic years, Ezekiel 4:6; Num. 14:35)and your holy city to finish transgression, to put an end to sin, to atone for wickedness, to bring in everlasting righteousness, to seal up vision and prophecy and to anoint the most holy. (Christ, Acts 10:38) 25) “Know and understand this: From the issuing of the decree to restore and rebuild Jerusalem(457 BC see Ezra 7:9) until the Anointed One, (Christ, Acts 10:38) the ruler, comes, there will be seven sevens(7x7=49 years) and sixty-two sevens(62x7=434 years). It will be rebuilt with streets and a trench, but in times of trouble. 26) After the sixty-two ‘sevens’, the Anointed One will be cut off (the Jew’s rejected Christ and had the Romans kill him)and will have nothing. … 27) He will confirm a covenant with many for one ‘seven’ (week)(7 years). In the middle of the ‘seven’ (week) (3 ½ years) he will put an end to sacrifice, and offering. (Die)
Ezekiel 4:6 I have assigned you 40 days, a day for each year. (40 literal days equals 40 years prophetic time.) (Prophetic time: 1 day = 1 year, Num. 14:35 states the same.)
Acts 8:1 The Stoning of Stephen: And Saul was there, giving approval to his death.
The Church Persecuted and Scattered: On that day a great persecution broke out against the church at Jerusalem, and all except the apostles were scattered throughout Judea and Samaria. (The Gospel went to the Gentiles.)
We know from this that the Jewish Nation’s probation closed corporately (as a nation but not it’s individuals) when Stephen was stoned to death, 3 ½ years after Christ’s death; 434 + 49 + 7 = 490 years – 457 BC = 33 AD exactly as Daniel prophesied. The Jewish nation ceased being God’s chosen people then. Then, after the stoning of Stephen, the gospel was given to the Gentiles to spread the Good News, Acts 8:1. We know the close of probation for the Jews individually will come at their death or at the close of probation for the world’s people individually.
You may ask, “What about” Romans 11:26, ‘And so all Israel will be saved’, which seems like the Jewish nation still has a roll to play in the end time. Paul is not referring to Israel of the flesh. In the previous verses16 ~ 25he states that the “natural branches” (v. 21)or Jews, were “cut off” because of unbelief and believing Gentiles were accepted as spiritual Israel. Daniel’s prophecy was conditional, just like all prophecies regarding the Jews and the Jewish nation. They failed.
God’s promises are made conditional upon man’s cooperation and obedience. God warned Israel that blessing goes hand in hand with obedience and that a curse accompanies disobedience. (see Deuteronomy 4:9; 8:19; 28:1,2, 13, 14; Jeremiah 18:6-10; 26: 2-6; Zech. 6: 15; etc.) Continued obedience was necessary to the continuance of divine favour; whereas persistent disobedience must inevitable culminate in the rejection of the Jewish nation as God’s chosen instrument; for caring out the divine plan. (Deuteronomy 28: 15-68)
Matthew 21:43 Christ stated: “Therefore I tell you that the kingdom of God will be taken away from you (the Jewish nation) and given to a people who will produce its fruit.
1 Peter 2:9 But you (Gentiles) are a chosen people, a royal priesthood, a holy nation, a people belonging to God, that you may declare the praises of him who called you out of darkness into his wonderful light. 10) Once you were not a people, (God’s chosen people, the Jew’s were) but now you are the people of God; once you had not received; mercy, but now you have received mercy.
Romans 2:28 A man is not a Jew if he is only one outwardly, …29) No, a man is a Jew if he is one inwardly,
Romans 9:6 For not all who are descended from Israel are Israel.
Romans 11:5 The Remnant of Israel So too, at the present time there is a remnant chosen by grace. 6) And if by grace, then it is no longer by works; if it were, grace would no longer be grace. 7) What then? What Israel sought so earnestly it did not obtain, but the elect did. 13) In grafted Branches I am talking to you Gentiles. Inasmuch as I am the apostle to the Gentiles, I make much of my ministry in the hope that I may somehow arouse my own people (Jews)to envy and save some (Jews) of them. … 23) And if they (Jews) do not persist in unbelief, they will be grafted in,
Corinthians 3: 11 Here there is no Greek or Jew, circumcised or uncircumcised, barbarian, Scythian, slave or free, but Christ is all, and is in all. 12) Therefore, as God’s chosen people, (now the Gentiles) holy and dearly loved, clothe yourselves with compassion, kindness, humility, gentleness and patience.
Galatians 3:28 There is neither Jew nor Greek, slave nor free, male nor female, for you are all one in Christ.
Galatians 3:29 If you belong to Christ, then you are Abraham’s seed, and heirs according to the promise.
Galatians 6:15 Neither circumcision nor un-circumcision means anything; what counts is a new creation. 16) Peace and mercy to all who follow this rule, even to the Israel of God.
The Bible states that there is no end time prophecies relating to the Jews or their nation only if you are a Jewish person who “belong to Christ, then you are Abraham’s seed.” Gal. 3:29.Salvation for Jewish and Gentiles will be on the same basis; personal faith in Christ.
John 14:6 Christ answered, “I am the way and the truth and the life. No one comes to the Father except through me. … 15) “If you love me, you will obey what I command.” 21) “Whoever has my commands and obeys them, he is the one who loves me.” (Before Christ died, only those who believed in God and fully surrendered to His guidance will be in heaven. After Christ died only people who have fully surrendered to the guidance of the Holy Spirit can go to Heaven.)
John 3:16 For God so loved the world that he gave his one and only son that whoever believes in him shall not perish but have eternal life. 17) For God did not send his Son into the world to condemn the world, but to save the world through him.
Eternal life is God’s unconditional eternal promise to all human’s; however just as unconditional eternal promises to the Jewish nation they are conditional. God gave human’s freedom of choice to sign on to the conditions or not; as are fully illustrated in Deuteronomy 28; blessings for obedience or curses for disobedience.
God commissioned one nation, one denomination, the Jews, to spread the truth about salvation. When they failed He would have no other denomination in control of the truth for fear of history repeating itself. That’s why we have so many different denominations now.
Mark 9:38 Who is not against us is for us. “Teacher,” said John “we saw a man driving out demons in your name and we told him to stop, because he was not one of us.” 39) “Do not stop him,” Christ said. “No one who does a miracle in my name can in the next moment say anything bad about me, 40) for whoever is not against us is for us. 41) I tell you the truth; anyone who gives you a cup of water in my name because you belong to Christ will certainly not lose his reward.
This is just one reason why we should not judge other denominations. However, just prior to the Second Coming there will be only one fold, one flock and one Shepard.
Revelation 18:4 The Fall of Babylon: Come out of her (False religious system) my people, so that you will not share in her sins, so that you will not receive her plagues.
For every truth that God has, Satan has a counterfeit. The counterfeit that Satan is using against the true end time events is the Old Testament prophecies to restore the Jewish nation back to power. If you study these prophecies you will see that they are all conditional. “If” the Jewish nation followed God’s ways He would fulfill the prophecies. They didn’t and even went so far as to crucify Christ.
John 19:15 But they (Jews) shouted, “Take him away! Take him away! Crucify him!”
“Shall I crucify your King?” Pilate asked.
“We have no king but Caesar,” the chief priests answered. 16) Finally Pilate handed him over to them to be crucified.
Matthew 27:24 When Pilate saw that he was getting nowhere, but that instead an uproar was starting, he took water and washed his hands in front of the crowd. “I am innocent of this man’s blood,” he said. “”It is your responsibility!” 25) All the people (Jews) answered, “Let his blood be on us and on our children!” 26) Then he released Barabbas to them. But he had Christ flogged, and handed him over to be crucified.
Exodus 19: 5 Now if (conditional) you obey me fully and keep my covenant, then out of all nations you will be my treasured possession.
Jeremiah 12:14 This is what God says: “As for all my wicked neighbors who seized the inheritance I gave my people Israel, I will uproot them form their lands and I will uproot the house of Judah from among them. 15) But after I uproot them, I will again have compassion and will bring each of them back to his own inheritance and his own country. 16) And if (conditional) they learn well the ways of my people and swear by my name, saying, ‘As surely as God lives, even as the once taught my people to swear by all, then they will be established among my people. 17)If (conditional) any nation does not listen, (which includes the Jewish nation) I will completely uproot and destroy it, declares God.
Jeremiah 18: 6 “O house of Israel, can I not do with you as this potter does?” declares God. “Like clay in the hand of the potter, so are you in my hand, O house of Israel. 7) If (conditional) at any time I announce that a nation or kingdom is to be uprooted, torn down and destroyed 8) and if that nation I warned repents of its evil, then I will relent and not inflict on it the disaster I had planned. 9) And if at another time I announce that a nation or kingdom is to be built up and planted, 10) and if it does evil in my sight and does not obey me, then I will reconsider the good I had intended to do for it.
The Jews did not listen, and God uprooted them and scattered them all around the world.
For further study on this subject see appendix B, The Role of Israel in End Time Events.
The great city (Jerusalem) where also their God was crucified, Revelation 11:8 on the other hand, is involved in the end time events. More on this subject later in 4.2.3 of this book.
4.1.2.3
The Flood
Another example of a probationary period is in the story of the Flood. Noah preached for 120 years, Genesis 6:3, while building the Ark, warning the people to prepare for the destruction of the earth.
Genesis 6:3 Then God said, “My Spirit will not contend with man forever, for he is mortal; his days will be a hundred and twenty years.”
Genesis 7:6 Noah was six hundred years old when the floodwaters came on the earth. 7) And Noah and his sons and his wife and his sons’ wives entered the ark to escape the waters of the flood. 8) Pairs of clean and unclean animals, of birds and of all creatures that move along the ground, 9) male and female, came to Noah and entered the ark, as God had commanded Noah. 10) And after the seven days the floodwaters came on the earth.
Genesis 7:12 And rain fell on the earth forty days and forty nights. (Everyone died except those in the ark.)
Matthew 24:37 As it was in the days of Noah, so it will be at the coming of the Son of Man. 38) For in the days before the flood, people were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage up to the day Noah entered the ark; and they knew nothing about what would happen until the flood came and took them all away. That is how it will be at the coming of the Son of Man. (Why do they not know anything?)
2 Thessalonians 2:10 They perish because they refused to love the truth and so be saved. 11) For this reason God sends them a powerful delusion so that they will believe the lie. 12) And so that all will be condemned who have not believed the truth but have delighted in wickedness.
The start of probation was when Noah began warning the people. When the door on Noah’s Ark closed, it was a type of close of probation, and then there was 7 days, followed by 40 days of flooding.
These are examples of probationary periods given by God to His people during the Old Testament time. To be consistent with His character, He will do the same for His people before the close of earth’s probation. He explains earth’s final probation period to us in the Seven Trumpets of Revelation 8: 6, which will warn the world and will be followed by the Seven Last Plague, Revelation 15:1. Noah’s 120 years of warning the world is an example of Daniel 12:7 1260 days of warning to the world. Noah and his family were in the Ark for 7 days before the destruction of everyone. This is an example of the time of the Seven Last Plagues just before the Second Coming destroys everyone. 1 Thessalonians 2: 8
4.1.3
The Sealing of the 144,000
Before the Bible describes the 7 Trumpets it describes the sealing of the 144,000; God’s end time people. God seals His children after they have been judged. Sealing is a process. The sealing of the living takes place during the
7 Trumpets probation period as His people come out of Babylon, which is a false religious system.
2 Corinthians 1:21 Now it is God who makes both us and you stand firm in Christ. He anointed us, 22) set his seal of ownership on us, and put his Spirit in our hearts as a deposit, guaranteeing what is to come.
Revelation 7:1 144,000 Sealed After this I saw four angels standing at the four corners of the earth, holding back the four winds (destructive forces) of the earth to prevent any wind from blowing on the land or on the sea or on any tree. (symbolizes universal destruction) 2) Then I saw another angel coming up from the east, having the seal of the living God. He called out in a loud voice to the four angels who had been given power to harm the land and the sea: 3) “Do not harm the land or the sea or the trees until we put a seal on the foreheads of the servants of our God.” 4) Then I heard the number of those who were sealed: 144,000 from all the tribes of Israel. (Spiritual Israel, Gal. 3: 28, 29, Romans 9: 6)
Revelation 7:3 + 4 appears to apply to the first four trumpets and the 7 Last Plagues. However, this can only be applied to the 7 Last Plagues because probation is closed and the saints are sealed before the land, sea and trees are harmed. Judgment started with the saints; Abel first and down the ages up to the time of the living. As people come out and take their stand for God they are sealed. The sealing process ends with the 7th trumpet. The first 4 Trumpets harm the earth but just enough to wake up the whole. When you compare these plagues you will notice that the real harm to the world comes with the 7 Last Plagues.
God knows his children and His children know His voice, John 10:14. God will seal all the living Saved prior to the close of probation. The seven trumpet’s period is the time God will separate them and have the Saved come out into one fold, one flock. Revelation 18:4, John 10:16
Revelation 18:4 The Fall of Babylon (Spiritual Babylon, people who will follow the Spiritual Leader of the World) “Come out of her my people, so that you will not share in her sins, so that you will not receive her plagues.”
John 10:14 The Shepherd and His Flock “I am the good shepherd; I know my sheep and my sheep know me, 15) just as the Father knows me and I know the Father and I lay down my life for the sheep. 16) I have other sheep that are not of this sheep pen. I must bring them also. They too will listen to my voice and there shall be one flock and one shepherd.
Revelation 9:4 (The fifth trumpet) They were told not to harm the grass of the earth or the earth or any plant or tree, but only those people who did not have the seal of God on their foreheads.
Revelation 9: 4 confirms that the sealing takes place before the seventh trumpet. Revelation 18:4 confirms
that the sealing takes time and will be completed at the seventh trumpet. Revelation 11: 15 - 18
4.1.4
The World Uniting Catalyst
I’m going to jump ahead of this study to introduce a topic that is commonly known to all; that is, the end time Spiritual Leader of the World, (SLW).The reason I’m going to jump ahead is to establish a foundation for the start of this study. I have read and listened to hundreds of speakers from many different theological back grounds on this subject but none of them have given a Biblical explanation as to why “The whole world was astonished and followed the beast.” Revelation 13: 3.
Revelation 13:8 The Beast out of the Sea (Spiritual Leader of the World) All inhabitants of the earth
will worship the beast, all whose names have not been written in the book of life.
Revelation 17:1 The Woman on the Beast (Spiritual Leader of the World) One of the seven angels who had the seven bowls came and said to me, “Come, I will show you the punishment of the great prostitute, who sits on many waters. 2) With her the kings of the earth committed adultery and the inhabitants of the earth were intoxicated with the wine of her adulteries.” (false doctrine) 3) Then the angel carried me away in the Spirit into a desert. There I saw a woman sitting on a scarlet beast that was covered with blasphemous names and had seven heads and ten horns. 4) The woman was dressed in purple and scarlet, and was glittering with gold, precious stones and pearls. She held a golden cup in her hand, filled with abominable things and the filth of her adulteries. 5) This title was written on her forehead. Mystery, Babylon the Great, The mother of Prostitutes and of the Abominations of the Earth.
15) The many waters you saw, where the prostitute sits, are peoples, multitudes, nations and languages.
18) The woman you saw is the great city that rules over the kings of the earth.
In the end times people will follow God or Satan. A woman in the Bible is depicted by a colour; white, Revelation 12:1, for God’s people and red, Revelation 17:4, for Satan’s people and their false religious system made up of man-made laws, abominable things and the filth of her adulteries, Revelation 17:4.
What catalyst will unite all inhabitants of the earth; the Buddhists, Moslems, Hindus, Jews, Protestants, Catholics, Kings, Queens, Dictators, political leaders, etc., except the Saved Christians, to worship the beast, Revelation 13: 8,
a false religious system?
Will the catalyst be a worldwide depression? No, we’ve had those before. Would World War 3 or atomic warfare do it? No, we’ve had two of those also. Many people have tried to unite parts of the world and were not successful; therefore, man can do nothing that will unite the whole world. If man can do nothing to unite all the inhabitants of the world, then only God can.
Everyone in this world is religious. They all believe in a higher power and that the higher power controls Mother Nature, Earth. During a crisis, especially a natural disaster, all look to a higher power for peace and safety. There is no such thing as an atheist in a foxhole, every one prays to a God when they’re under fire, and threatened with death. Worldwide ecological disasters will be the catalyst to have all the people of the world go to their religious leaders for answers; the Buddhists, Moslems, Hindus, Jews, Protestants, Catholics, etc. The leaders will then go to their leaders until all the head leaders of the religious world will get together and elect a Spiritual Leader of the World, “The Beast out of the Sea” in Revelation 13. We have seen the start of this already in September 2000, when over 1000 religious leaders of the world gathered at the United Nations to seek worldwide cooperation. Also 911, September 11, 2001, has helped to unite the world as a community. In February 2002, all the Arab Moslems nations asked the European Union, (EU) members to a meeting to confirm that they want to be part of a world community that works for world peace and safety. The Hindus believe in many gods and when they are asked to worship another they will readily agree as long as they are not asked to give up any of their gods.
Luke 21:25 “There will be signs in the sun, moon and stars. On earth, nations will be in anguish and perplexity at the roaring and tossing of the sea. 26) Men will faint from terror; (panic) apprehensive of what is coming on the world, for the heavenly bodies will be shaken. 27 At that time they will see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and great glory. 28) When these things begin to take place, stand up and lift up your heads, because your redemption is drawing near.” (Christ will come soon after.)
The first four of the seven trumpets of Revelation 8: 6-12 describes worldwide ecological disasters which will produce worldwide panic; Luke 21: 26. God’s purpose for the seven trumpets is to be the catalyst to wake up the world in preparation for the Day of Judgment, the real “Day of Atonement” and the Second Coming of our God.
4.1.5
Moslems and Christians Become Brothers.
When I was in Beijing, in 1994, I taught English to many Embassy officials from countries of Islamic faith. One of them stated that Moslems and Christians are brothers because we all worship the same God; we just call Him by a different name. This liberal idea will have to spread throughout the world in order for “the whole world …to worshiped the Beast” Revelation 13:3+4, to become true. There has to be a healing process take place first.
The war in Iraq, which at present has the majority of Moslems around the world up in arm verbally if not physically against Christians, will help this healing process in time. Iraq will have a democratic government similar to Turkey’s, complete with freedom of religion. The Iraqi people will prosper as the result of the Christian coalition freeing them from Sadam Insane’s totalitarian regime. They will be observed by all Moslem people around the world and hatred for Christians will diminish among the majority even to the point of brotherly love in some cases.
The healing has begun; May 28, 2003, the Crown Prince of Iran stated on CTV that the separation of religion and state would eliminate terrorism. Moslems and Christians can and will live in peace as they do now in democratic counties.
There will be a minority of extremists around the world. They will be called terrorists against the peace of the world and will be banished by all governments; then “while people are saying “Peace and safety, destruction will come on them suddenly,” 1 Thessalonians 5:3 The “destruction” is what we will study next.
4.2
The Seven Trumpets
The seven trumpets are the start and close of probation. This is the time period where all of earth’s inhabitants will go through trials and tribulations. This will be the final test before the Second Coming of Christ. People will be separated into two camps: God’s and Satan’s.
The first four Trumpets will be ecological disasters. The 5th Trumpet will be a plague of sores inflicted on people by Satan similar to the Old Testament Job’s experience. The 6th Trumpet will be a death decree issued against the people who are not following the Spiritual Leader of the World’s new laws. The 7th Trumpet will be after everyone has chosen to follow man’s or God’s laws.
4.2.1
The Golden Censer
John’s first vision of the seven trumpets takes place in heaven. Revelation 8: 2 ~ 5. This vision gives us a picture of the two end time events that involves the heavenly sanctuary. A censer was used in ministerial services in the sanctuary. It is a small metal container filled with fire and incense and attached to 3 or 4 chains that were swung back and forth by a priest in the sanctuary. Smoke of incense coming from a censer represents prayers to God. Revelation 8: 4
Revelation 8:2 And I saw the seven angels who stand before God and to them were given seven trumpets. 3) (First Picture) Another angel, who had a golden censer, came and stood at the altar. He was given much incense to offer, with the prayers of all the saints, on the golden altar before the throne. 4) The smoke of the incense, together with the prayers of the saints, went up before God from the angel’s hand. 5) (Second Picture) Then the angel took the censer, filled it (again, second time) with fire from the altar, (no incense, prayers) and hurled it on the earth;(close of probation, the 7th trumpet) and (then the 7 Last Plagues) there came peals of thunder, rumblings, flashes of lightning and an earthquake.
Revelation 7:14 “These are they who have come out of the great tribulation.” (7 Last Plagues after 7 Trumpets)
Revelation 16:17 The seventh angel poured out his bowl into the air, and out of the temple came a loud voice from the throne, saying, “It is done!” 18) Then there came flashes of lightning, rumblings, peals of thunder and a severe earthquake.
The first picture is a censer with much incense, which is the seven trumpet period; the time of tribulation, before
probation closes, because prayers are still effectively being presented to God. The second picture is a censer without
any incense but filled only with fire which is hurled on the earth. This is the close of probation, which is
followed immediately by the 7 last plagues, Revelation 15 + 16, the time of great tribulation,
Revelation 7: 14. The7th plague of the 7 Last Plagues, Revelation 16:18, is the same as this second vision of
Revelation 8:5.
4.2.2
The First Four Trumpets
Now remember that when John wrote the Book of Revelation no one knew what a meteorite shower, an asteroid, a comet or a red tide were. Just like the people of Noah’s days did not know what “rain” was, but rain came,
Genesis 7: 4-12. John described the things he saw in the language he knew. Take note that the first four trumpets are significantly different from the last three.
It’s the start of (the close of) probation. It’s time to wake up the world, and the wakeup call is just as it was when I was in the army, a blast from a trumpet.
Revelation 8:6 Then the seven angels who had the seven trumpets prepared to sound them. 7) The first angel sounded his trumpet, and there came hail and fire mixed with Blood, and it was hurled down upon the earth. A third of the earth was burned up, a third of the trees were burned up. And all the green grass was burned up.
The book of Revelation is a symbolic and prophetic book. My interpretations of the main characters in the first three trumpets are symbolic and the results will be literal to the point of sound principles of prophetic interpretation. That is, while the general points are to be interpreted literally, literal interpretations are not exact and are described as best that the writer (John) could with the knowledge of the times. John did not know anything about asteroids or Meteorite shower then. “Hail and fire mixed with blood and it was hurled down upon the earth. Rev 8: 6”is symbolic of a meteorite shower. Have you ever seen a meteorite shower, even on TV? It looks just like a hailstorm of fireballs.
Could a third of the earth be damaged by a meteorite shower? Yes this could literally happen.
The first trumpet is the start of the close of probation for the world, which is the start of the sudden destruction of parts of the earth.
1 Thessalonians 5:3 While people are saying “Peace and safety,” destruction will come on them suddenly,
Revelation 8:8 The second angel sounded his trumpet, and something like a huge mountain, all ablaze, was thrown into the sea, a third of the sea turned into blood, 9) a third of the living creatures in the sea died and a third of the ships were destroyed.
The “huge mountain, all ablaze, Revelation 8: 8” is an Asteroid. This is what Luke is referring to in:
Luke 21:25 “On the earth, nations will be in anguish and perplexity at the roaring and tossing of the sea.”
Could the sea turn into what looked like blood, red? Yes! This is what scientists have to say: “The splash of an extraterrestrial impact, an asteroid six miles in diameter, in the ocean would bring up anoxic water (water with very little oxygen in it) from the depths. The seas would look like the aftermath of a global red tide…dead animals floating everywhere. Most of the world’s fish would perish.” National Geographic, June 1989, p. 681. “Even a quarter-mile asteroid would create a tidal wave hundreds of feet high…large enough to destroy ships and obliterate any coastal area that it washed over.” (Comets, Asteroids, and Meteorites, p. 52. Time Life Books)
Revelation 8:10 The third angel sounded his trumpet, and a great star, blazing like a torch, fell from the sky on a third of the rivers and on the springs of water, 11) the name of the star is Wormwood. A third of the waters turned bitter, and many people died from the waters that had become bitter.
The “great star, blazing like a torch, Revelation 8: 10” is a comet; a comet made of a poisonous substance similar to alkaline, which when mixed with water tastes bitter and could cause something similar to acid rain.
From these three trumpets we can see that the whole earth is affected. (1/3 times 3 = 3/3 = the whole earth)
Revelation 8:12 The fourth angel sounded his trumpet and a third of the sun was struck, a third of
the moon, and a third of the stars, so that a third of them turned dark. A third of the day was without light, and also a third of the night.
With the fourth trumpet, no cause is named. According to other end of time Bible accounts, (Ezekiel 38:19, Matthew 24:7, 28:2, Revelation 6:12) that along with the above meteorites, asteroid and comet, there will be other natural disasters such as volcanoes and earthquakes that will cause smoke and pollution that will block out the sunlight in the fourth trumpet.
These worldwide ecological disasters will be the catalyst to have all the people of the world go to their religious leaders for answers, the Buddhists, Moslems, Hindus, Jews, Protestants, Catholics, etc. The leaders will then go to their leaders until all the head leaders of the religious world will get together and elect a Spiritual Leader of the World, “The Beast out of the Sea” of Revelation 13.
“The Beast out of the Sea” Revelation 13: 1- 10, describes a worldwide religious system. Religious people worship a higher power which has been given different names, most commonly called God. They believe they are following the one and only true God, they certainly don’t believe they are worshiping the Devil, the deceiver, and the father of all lies. However, if they do not follow the Bible and it’s teaching, they will be following the Devil and his lies as he works through his human agents that sets up a worldwide religious system with a Spiritual Leader.
The Spiritual Leader of the world will then say that God caused these four trumpet plagues, these so called acts of God because the world has not united to worship Him. To make God happy everyone will have to unite and worship God together. This will easily accomplish because of the panic and the different faiths will not be asked to change much, just one or two points. All agree that there is a God and they will all worship Him in their own way but will be united on a few points. This will result in:
Revelation 13:8 All inhabitants of the earth will worship the beast, all whose names have not been written in the book of life.
I know that this Biblical prophecy maybe hard to believe but all Biblical prophecy comes true. Many will find it difficult to believe that with the entire world worshipping, praying and giving thanks to God that they are actually worshiping the devil. They may think that God would not be so deceiving. When, in fact, it is the Satan who is the one who deceives those who do not study or believe in the Bible. God always has a reason for allowing Satan and his angels for doing bad things as in the story of Job.
Revelation 12:9 The great dragon was hurled down, that ancient serpent called the devil, or Satan, who leads the whole world astray.
Matthew 24:12 Because of the increase of wickedness, the love of most (the majority) will grow cold, 13) but he who stands firm to the end will be saved.
The first four trumpets will wake up the world. There will be worldwide panic and the economy will be shattered. It will look like God is at war with earth and history has proven that the first casualty of war is truth. People who haven’t studied the Bible will not know the truth, which will result in demands that fast action be taken to provide the basic necessities for living. New laws will be put into place quickly. There will be new religious laws that the greater majority of the world will agree with.
4.2.3
Spiritual Leader of the World = The Beast out of the Sea
God will allow natural disasters to wake up the world in preparation for the Day of Atonement, Leviticus 23:26 (Day of Judgment) and the Second Coming of Christ. After God has the whole world’s attention, after the first four trumpets, the world religious leaders will elect a Spiritual Leader of the World very quickly, 45 days after the first trumpet. The Spiritual Leader of the World will then pass new laws. I estimate this will take at least six months and then the laws will be practiced for some time, maybe one and a half years. I base my estimate on working backwards from the Second Coming, The 6th Trumpet is the Death decree and I estimate that as similar to Queen Esters decree of 11 months and work with these numbers. (They will not be forced onto people until the sixth trumpet.) During this time there will be a lot of miracles performed by Satan’s agents.
The Spiritual Leader of the World may set up his headquarters in Jerusalem after he is elected because of all the activity that happens in Revelation 11: 1-13. Also, before people can say “peace and safety”, the fighting over Jerusalem will have to stop. The Jews and the Moslems will never give up their holy land, thus the only solution is for Jerusalem to become an international neutral city under the United Nations. This proposal has already been introduced in the UN. The USA, with its Christian roots, will push for this UN proposal in the best interest of religious stability of the Christian, Jew, and Moslem world.
Revelation 11:8 The great city (Jerusalem) where also their God was crucified,
Revelation 13 is a description of the time period between the 4th and 6th trumpet of what Satan’s people will be doing during the close of probation for the world, let’s take a quick look at it.
Revelation 13:1 “The Beast out of the Sea” “And the dragon stood on the shore of the sea. And I saw a beast coming out of the sea. He had ten horns and seven heads, with ten crowns on his horns and on each head a blasphemous name. 2) The beast I saw resembled a leopard, but had feet like those of a bear and a mouth like that of a lion. The dragon (Satan, Revelation 12:9) gave the beast (Spiritual Leader of the World) his power and his throne and great authority. 3) One of the heads of the beast seemed to have had a fatal wound, but the fatal wound had been healed. The whole world was astonished and followed the beast. 4) Men worshiped the dragon because he had given authority to the beast, and they also worshiped the beast and asked, “Who is like the beast? Who can make war against him?” 5) The beast was given a mouth to utter proud words and blasphemies and to exercise his authority for forty-two months. (Literal, future, 1260 days) 6) He opened his mouth to blaspheme God and to slander his name and his dwelling place and those who live in heaven. 7) He was given power to make war against the saints and to conquer them. And he was given authority over every tribe, people, language and nation. 8) All inhabitants of the earth will worship the beast, all whose names have not been written in the book of life belonging to the Lamb that was slain from the creation of the world. 9) He who has an ear let him hear. 10) If anyone is to go into captivity, into captivity he will go. If anyone is to be killed with the sword, with the sword he will be killed.
“The Beast out of the Sea” describes a worldwide religious system. Revelation 13:8 All inhabitants of the earth will (future) worship the beast (Spiritual Leader of the World). This system will have power for “forty-two months” Revelation 13: 5, which has to be literal and not a symbolic interpretation of 42 months; which is 42 months times 30 days in a month which equals 1260 days = years. Remember that the end time events only last less than a generation. Luke 21:32
4.2.4
God’s Workers
After the first four trumpets God’s people will know exactly what’s happening and go forth through-out the world with a loud cry between the fourth and seventh trumpet, 1260 days.
Revelation 14:6 The Three Angels Then I saw another angel flying in midair, and he had the eternal gospel (the Bible) to proclaim (the word of God) to those who live on the earth, to every nation, tribe, language and people. 7) He said in a loud voice, “Fear God and give him glory, because the hour of his judgment has come. Worship him who made the heavens, the earth, the sea and the springs of water.” 8) A second angel followed and said, “Fallen! Fallen is Babylon the Great, which made all the nations drink the maddening wine of her adulteries.” 9) A third angel followed them and said in a loud voice: “If anyone worships the beast and his image (To worship anyone is follow their laws) and receives his mark on the forehead or on the hand, he, too, will drink of the wine of God’s fury, which has been poured full strength in to the cup of his wrath.
:12 This calls for patient endurance on the part of the saints who obey God’s commandments and remain faithful to Christ.
Jonah 3:4 On the first day, Jonah started into the city. He proclaimed: “forty more days and Nineveh will be overturned.” (Here is an example of God giving a time period, a probation period, for people to repent and be saved. History will repeat itself with God’s workers, during the seven trumpets, giving the exact days till the Second Coming of Christ.) 5) The Ninevites believed God. They declared a fast, and all of them, from the greatest to the least, put on sackcloth.(Unfortunately during the end times the majority will not repent and be saved.)
Matthew 7:21 Christ said: “Not everyone who says to me ‘Lord, Lord,’ will enter the kingdom of heaven but only he who does the will of my Father who is in heaven. 22) Many will say to me on that day,(Judgment day for the Lost at the Third Coming)‘Lord, Lord, did we not prophesy in your name and in your name drive out demons and perform many miracles? (These are professed Christians.) 23) Then I will tell them plainly, ‘I never knew you. Away from me you evildoers!”
There are many professed Christians but not many have fully surrendered to God’s will. God knows the hearts of his children and where they are. He has to gather them into one fold. He has to separate them from the Lost. In the end times there will be false prophets that will even “drive out demons and perform many miracles” Matthew 7:21but in order not to be deceived by false doctrine you must study the Bible yourself.
John 10:16 Christ said: “I have other sheep that are not of this sheep pen. I must bring them also. They too will listen to my voice, (the Bible, 2 Timothy 3:16) and there shall be one flock and one shepherd.”
2 Timothy 3:16 All Scripture is God-breathed and is useful for teaching, rebuking, correcting and
training in righteousness.
Revelation 18: 2 Fallen! Fallen is Babylon the Great! …
: 4 Come out of her (Babylon, Satan’s church, Revelation 17) my people, (God’s) …
so that you will not receive any of her plagues.
This is the call for God’s people to come out of fallen Babylon. Not all people are in this false religious system now, but later, it will absorb any person who is not fully committed to Christ, His word; the Bible. God’s children will come out prior to the close of probation.
At the same time as the Spiritual Leader of the world is asking, “all inhabitants of the earth to worship the beast,”
Revelation 13:8. God’s people will be giving “The Three Angels’” Revelation 14:6~9 messages. Now what is the
difference if all are worshiping God? The difference will be those who follow the Beast will not be following the
teachings of the Bible. They will obey man’s law rather than God’s law.
History has shown us that the majority of religious people were in favor of man-made laws and they thought they
were following Gods laws by murdering Christ. Christ said:
Matthew 15:9 They worship me in vain; their teachings are but rules taught by men.
When the Spiritual Leader of the World presents the worldwide law, many will reason “We would be out of harmony
with the world if we disobey this law. What can we hope to accomplish by going against it?”
Although God’s people know the truth and are proclaiming it to the whole world, it will be like 1844 relived.
Revelation 10:10 I took the little scroll from the angel’s hand and ate it. It tasted as sweet as honey in my mouth, but when I had eaten it, my stomach turned sour.
Unfortunately, the message of the Second Coming is sweet when we speak it but the harvest will be disappointingly sour.
4.2.5
Confirmation Time ~ 5th Trumpet
After God has informed the world of the truth He will allow a final test. The 5th trumpet will cause more trouble and the 6th trumpet to issue a final ultimatum, kill or be killed. It will be people’s final decision-making time; the final time to “separate the sheep from the goats” Matthew 25:32, and “all inhabitants of the earth” Revelation 13: 8 will have to confirm which laws to follow, man’s or God’s.
Revelation 8:13 As I watched, I heard an eagle that was flying in midair call out in a loud voice:
“Woe! Woe! Woe (5th, 6th and 7th Trumpets) to the inhabitants of the earth, because of the trumpet blasts about to be sounded by the other three angels!”
Revelation 9:1 The 1st woe is the 5th trumpet; confirmation time.
Revelation 9:13 The 2nd woe is the 6th trumpet, death decree and final decision time.
Revelation 11:15 The 3rd woe is the 7th trumpet, the close of probation, where sinners are lost forever.
Revelation 9:1 The fifth angel sounded his trumpet, and I saw a star that had fallen from the sky to the earth. The star(Satan) was given (God is directing these events, not man.) the key to the shaft of the Abyss. 2) When he opened the Abyss, smoke rose from it like the smoke from a gigantic furnace. The sun and sky were darkened by the smoke from the Abyss. 3) And out of the smoke locusts came down upon the earth and were given power like that of scorpions of the earth. 4) They were told not to harm the grass of the earth or the earth or any plant or tree, but only those people who did not have the seal of God on their foreheads. (God is directing these events against the wicked.) 5) They were not given power to kill them, but only to torture them for five months. And the agony they suffered was like that of the sting of a scorpion when it strikes a man. 6) During those days men will seek death, but will not find it; they will long to die, but death will elude them.
Revelation 9:11 They had as king over them the angel of the Abyss, whose name in Hebrew is Abaddon, and in Greek, Apollyon.
There are four main characters in this fifth trumpet, the star, the abyss, the smoke and the locust. They are symbolic and I will go into the meaning of each.
The fallen star, Revelation 9:1, is Satan, Lucifer, the former number one angel of heaven that was cast down on to the earth.
Isaiah 14:12. How you have fallen from heaven, O morning star, (Satan Revelation 12: 7) son of the dawn! You have been cast down to the earth, you who once laid low the nations!
Revelation 12:7 And there was war in heaven. (this was a war of words like that of lawyers.) Michael and his angels fought against the dragon, and the dragon and his angels fought back. 8) But he was not strong enough, and they lost their place in heaven. 9) The great dragon was hurled down, that ancient serpent called the devil, or Satan, who leads the whole world astray. He was hurled to the earth and his angels with him.
John 12:31 Christ said… Now is the time for judgment on this world; now the prince of this world, (Satan John 16: 11) will be driven out.
John 16:11 And in regard to judgment, because the prince of this world now stands condemned.
1 John 5:19 We know that we are children of God, and that the whole world is under the control of the evil one. (Satan)
The star of Revelation 9:1 is Satan. Identification is confirmed in Revelation 9:11 which describes the star as king of the Abyss whose name is “Abaddon and Apollyon”, which both mean destroyer.
Good news is found in the words “was given” Revelation 9:1. Here “The star (Satan) was given (at the command of Christ, no one else has control of the Abyss except God, Revelation 20: 1-3) the key to the shaft of the Abyss” Christ is allowing the key to the shaft of the Abyss to be given to Satan. The good news is that Christ is in control.
The next character is the Abyss, Revelation 9:2. This is a prison where fallen angels are kept in control and only a few can come out under certain conditions. The Abyss is a prison based on the following.
Revelation 20:1 And I saw an angel coming down out of heaven, having the key to the Abyss and holding in his hand a great chain. 2) He seized the dragon, that ancient serpent, who is the devil, or Satan, and bound him for a thousand years. 3) He threw him(Satan)into the Abyss (Bottomless Pit, KJV) and locked and sealed it over him; to keep him from deceiving the nations anymore until the thousand years were ended. …. 7) Satan’s Doom: When the thousand years are over, Satan will be released from his prison.
Luke 8:30 Christ asked him, “What is your name?” “Legion,” he replied, because many demons had gone into him. 31) And they begged him(Christ)repeatedly not to order them to go into the Abyss.32) A large herd of pigs was feeding there on the hillside. The demons (fallen angels) begged Christ to let them go into them, and he gave them permission. 33) When the demons came out of the man, they went into the pigs
It appears to me that the (demons) fallen angels of Luke 8:30 were allowed loose from the place where they did not want to go back to because “they begged him (Christ)repeatedly not to order them to go into the Abyss, Luke 8:31. The “Dictionary of the Bible” defines the Abyss in Revelation as “the abode of the demons”
2 Peter 2:4 For if God did not spare angels when they sinned, but sent them to hell, putting them into gloomy dungeons to be held for judgment….
Here the Bible definition of “hell” 2 Peter 2:4 is a “gloomy dungeon”. In a dungeon the worst torture is
self-inflicted mentally.
The term abyss must be symbolic because the abyss, prison, and gloomy dungeons of the fallen angels are not the same as the ones that we have but the effects are the same, they are under a controlled environment like our prisons.
The next character, verse 2, is smoke.
Revelation 9:2 When he opened the Abyss, smoke rose from it like the smoke from a gigantic furnace.
The sun and sky were darkened by the smoke from the Abyss.
Everyone has heard of the expression “smoke and mirrors” which means someone or something is covering up the whole truth. Smoke in the Bible is used to express the same (except for smoke from incense burning in a censer, which represents prayers) and here the fallen angels, through human agents, will spread false doctrine, it sounds good, looks good but it’s not the Biblical truth, it’s “smoke and mirrors”.
Jeremiah 11: 4 The terms I commanded your forefathers when I brought them out of Egypt, out of the iron-smelting furnace. (produces black smoke) I said, ‘Obey me and do everything I command you, and you will be my people, and I will be your God.
God brought his people out of Egypt, the land of false doctrine, darkness, into the wilderness and into the land of light, to teach them truth. Smoke from an iron-smelting furnace is very dense and dark; it blocks out the sunlight, and truth.
The last character, verse 3, is the locusts.
Revelation 9:3 And out of the smoke locusts came down upon the earth and were given power like that of scorpions of the earth. . 4) They were told not to harm the grass of the earth or the earth or any plant or tree, but only those people who did not have the seal of God on their foreheads. 5) They were not given power to kill them, but only to torture them for five months. (Literal) And the agony they suffered was like that of the sting of a scorpion when it strikes a man. 6) During those days men will seek death, but will not find it; they will long to die, but death will elude them.
The locusts are fallen angels because of their actions, they inflict sores similar to what they did to Job 2+3, Revelation 9: 3-5, “were given power like that of scorpions” and Revelation 9:11 They had as king over them the angel of the Abyss, whose name in Hebrew is Abaddon, and in Greek, Apollyon, confirms the locust leader is Satan.
The scorpion Revelation 9:3, in the Bible have represented evil ones.
Luke 10:19 Christ said, “I have given you authority to trample on snakes and scorpions and to overcome all the power of the enemy; nothing will harm you.”
Ezekiel 2:6 And you, son of man, do not be afraid of them or their words. Do not be afraid, though briers and thorns are all around you and you live among scorpions. Do not be afraid of what they say or terrified by them, though they are a rebellious house.
The good news in Revelation 9:4 is that they will not harm His obedient children of God. The good news is that God is in control of the Locusts power, Revelation 9:4, “they were told” and Revelation 9:5,“were not given power”. The five months, Revelation 9:5, are literal days, not symbolic years, (because of the results and actions) and this interpretation is dealing with end time events which are futuristic not historic. Also Luke 21:32 “this generation will not pass away”. In symbolic prophecy a day is a year, for historic interpretation. See Numbers 14: 34 and Ezekiel 4:6. However, when referring to events you have to consider whether it is symbolic or literal, historic or related to end-times. This torture could not last 150 years (5 months x 30 days = 150 years)
The suffering in Revelation 9:5+6 sounds like history repeating itself when Satan accused God of protecting Job, (Job 1:9) and God allowing Satan and his angels to torture Job.
Job 2:4 Job’s Second Test: “Skin for skin!” Satan replied. “A man will give all he has for his own life. 5) But stretch out your hand and strike his flesh and bones, and he will surely curse you to your face.” 6) God said to Satan, “Very well, then, he is in your hands; but you must spare his life. 7) So Satan went out from the presence of God and affected Job with painful sores from the soles of his feet to the top of his head. 8) Then Job took a piece of broken pottery and scraped himself with it as he sat among the ashes. 9) His wife said to him, “Are you still holding on to your integrity? Curse God and die! 10) He replied, “You are talking like a foolish woman. Shall we accept good from God, and not trouble?” In all this, Job did not sin in what he said.
Job 3:21 (Job) “longed for death, but it does not come,”
Job 1:22 In all this, Job did not sin by charging God with wrongdoing.
Job came to know God even better through intense and seemingly unreasonable suffering, because he had 100 percent faith, trust and I will rejoice in God always, Phil. 4:4, even though he did not know why tragic things were happening to him and his family.
After the 5th trumpet people will ask the Spiritual Leader of the World why God still angry and the Spiritual Leader of the World will blame it on the few who are not following man’s laws.
Revelation 12:17 Then the dragon (Satan, Revelation 12:9) was enraged at the woman (the true Christian people, Rev12:13+14, who do not worship the Beast) and went off to make war against the rest of her offspring, those who obey God’s commandments and hold to the testimony of Christ.
Satan will impersonate Christ just after the 5th trumpet. He will perform many miracles and confirm the Spiritual
Leader of the World new laws. He will have one final deception, as follows.
4.2.6
Satan Personates Christ
Satan will use the false beliefs of the Lake of Fire to try to imitate God’s fire of Revelation 20:9. Satan has always tried to make God out to be a hard and punishing Father especially when it comes to dealing with the Lost. This is the furthest from the truth. God will cry over the death of all His lost children, even Lucifer, just as the example He gave to us of King David’s crying over the death of his wicked son Absalom, 2 Samuel 18:33, because God’s love is unconditional.
After the 5thtrumpet Satan himself will try to impersonate Christ, Matthew 24: 23 + 24. Satan’s and / or his agents will claim that God, the Father, has poured out the plagues of the first five trumpets because He is angry with those who are not following the laws of the Spiritual Leader of the World, “the Beast out of Sea” Revelation 13. To try to prove that he (Satan) is Christ; he will “even cause fire to come down from heaven and thus “deceive the people of the earth.” Revelation 13:13 and 14. The use of “even” indicates to me that this is Satan’s final or grandest deception before the Second Coming.
Matthew 24:23 Signs of the End of the Age:
At that time (end time) if anyone says to you, ‘Look, here is the Christ!’ or, ‘There he is!’ do not believe it. 24) For false Christ’s and false prophets will appear and perform great signs and miracles to deceive ever the elect if that were possible.
Matthew 24:27 Every eye will see Him ~ at the same time ~ not individually:
For as lightning that comes from the east is visible even in the west, so will be the (Second) coming of the Son of Man.
Revelation 13:13 And he (Satan’s agent) performed great and miraculous signs, even causing fire to come down from heaven to earth in full view of men. (Physical not symbolic) 14) Because of the signs (Physical) he was given power to do on behalf of the first beast, he deceived the inhabitants of the earth.
These fires have to be literal, because “he (Satan) deceived the inhabitants of the earth” Revelation 13:14. 99.99 % of all Christians believe in a physical fire coming down from God to burn up living sinners. Satan will tell them to read Revelation 20:9 and then he will say something like “I will prove to you that I am God” and he will even cause fire, (literal) to come down from heaven in full view of man, Revelation 13:13. Satan cannot duplicate God’s fire of Revelation 20. We know that Satan can never duplicate the Second Coming; he can never cause fire to come down from heaven the same way God does in Revelation 20:9.
We must examine Satan’s fire that comes down from heaven. Revelation 13:13 Second Coming
We must examine God’s fire that comes down from heaven. Revelation 20:9 Third Coming
I could make this study short by stating the fact that the time frame of Revelation 13 is just before the Second Coming and Revelation 20 is just after the Third Coming but for those who disagree I will continue.
Revelation 20:7 Satan’s Doom: When the thousand years are over, Satan will be released from his prison 8) and will go out to deceive the nations in the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them for battle. In number they are like the sand on the seashore. 9) They marched across the breadth of the earth and surrounded the camp of God’s people, the city (New Jerusalem) he loves. But fire came down from heaven and devoured them. 10) And the devil, who deceived them, was thrown into the lake of burning sulfur, where the beast and the false prophet had been thrown. They will be tormented day and night forever and ever. 11) “Then I saw a great white throne and him who was seated on it. Earth and sky fled from his presence, and there was no place for them. 12) And I saw the dead, great and small, standing before the throne, and books were opened. Another book was opened, which is the book of life. The dead were judged according to what they had done as recorded in the books.” 13) The sea gave up the dead that were in it, and death and Hades gave up the dead that were in them, and each person was judged according to what he had done. 14) Then death and Hades were thrown into the lake of fire. The lake of fire is the second death. 15) If anyone’s name was not found written in the book of life, he was thrown into the lake of fire.”
Most people think that these verses are sequential, that they follow one after each other. Revelation 20:10, they are “thrown into the lake of burning sulfur,” and then Revelation 20:10 “They will be tormented day and night forever and ever.” But notice that after this comes the judgment in Revelation 20:12, “The dead were judged” and after that comes the second resurrection, Revelation 20:13, “The sea gave up the dead”. So these events are not sequential.
So be aware of Satan, disguised as Christ, trying to prove that he is Christ, even causing fire to come down from heaven to earth in full view of men. Revelation 13:13
What will Satan want to do to God’s people? He will want to enforce a world-wide death decree, the 6th trumpet.
To do this he will have to use a worldwide police force. Bring on the United Nations via the USA.
4.2.7
The Beast out of the Earth
United Nations ~ USA
Good Cop ~ Bad Cop
Right now the United Nations is speaking like a lamb; they want every country to have peace. They want every country to have the same freedoms the democratic countries enjoy, namely political, religious and economical. They want every country to be safe from terrorism and dictators that oppress their people.
The USA is the force behind the UN. If you sit back and take a look at them, they are playing the parts of Good Cop verse Bad Cop. It is very effective and prophetic when you look at it in the light of Revelation 13: 11 a lamb and a dragon. The results will lead the world nations to unite against the axes of evil and will produce
“Peace and Safety”. Then after the 5th Trumpet they will really play their roles.
After the first four trumpets the UN will join with the Spiritual Leader of the World and will speak like a lamb stating that the new laws that the Spiritual Leader of the World wants to be implemented are good for the world. However, after the 5th Trumpet plague the UN will speak like a lion and issue a death decree, the 6th Trumpet, on the ones who are not following the new laws.
Revelation 13:11 “The Beast out of the Earth” Then I saw another beast coming out of the earth. He had two horns like a lamb, but he spoke like a dragon. 12) He exercised all the authority of the first beast on his behalf, and made the earth and its inhabitants worship the first beast, whose fatal wound had been healed. 13) And he performed great and miraculous signs, even causing fire to come down from heaven to earth in full view of men. 14) Because of the signs he was given power to do on behalf of the first beast, he deceived the inhabitants of the earth. He ordered them to set up an image in honor of the beast who was wounded by the sword and yet lived. 15) He was given power to give breath to the image of the first beast, so that it could speak and cause all who refused to worship the image to be killed. 16) He also forced everyone, small and great, rich and poor, free and slave, to receive a mark on his right hand or on his forehead, 17) so that no one could buy or sell(individual economic sanctions) unless he had the mark, which is the name of the beast or the number of his name. 18) This calls for wisdom. If anyone has insight, let him calculate the number of the beast, for it is man’s number. His number is 666.”
“The Beast out of the Earth” describes a worldwide police force, which will join forces with “The Beast out of the Sea”. The UN is the only worldwide institution that has this capability. It doesn’t have total power yet but it will very soon. Everyone knows that the main power of the UN comes from the USA, which has imposed economic sanctions on nations. (For more on the USA see appendix ‘A’) During the last days these economic sanctions will be placed on individuals rather than nations. Many countries have asked the UN to be a police force already but changing policies and procedures from a peace keeping force to a police force takes time. However, these changes are being made and will be completed soon. Many countries are now in support of a world-wide tax to fund the UN.
Revelation 13:11 Then I saw another beast coming out to the earth, he had two horns like a lamb but he spoke like a dragon. 12) He exercised all the authority of the first beast on his behalf, and he made(forced, new laws) earth and its inhabitants worship the first beast.”
2 Thessalonians 2:9 The coming of the lawless one will be in accordance with the work of Satan displayed in all kinds of counterfeit miracles, signs and wonders, 10) and in every sort of evil that deceives those who are perishing. They perish because they refused to love the truth and so be saved.
What is the catalyst that will have the whole world give up their civil rights to a worldwide police force? In a state of emergency people are willing to give up their civil rights. An example of this happed in October of 1970.The FLQ (Freedom Liberation Quebec) in Quebec Canada kidnapped and murdered Pierre Leporte the Labour Minister of the Provincial Government of Quebec. Prime Minister Pierre Trudeau instated the War Measures Act, which took away people’s civil rights. There were very few complaints. The fifth trumpet, the ‘State of Emergency’, will be the catalyst that will call for the UN to put into effect the sixth trumpet laws.
Another example of lamb like qualities turning into dragon like qualities is the child protection laws of Canada. They are very good for children, however; when taken to extremes they are distorted against God’s laws. A true example of this happened in a city in eastern Canada. A member of parliament went to a church and heard the minister speaking on the Biblical principle of ‘spare the rod and you will spoil the child’. Later she visited several parents that belonged to the church and asked them if they believed and practiced this principle. Some of them said yes. Later the Member of Parliament had the Police come with welfare people and removed the children from their parent’s homes. This type of action will be repeated in the end time events.
The 5th trumpet releases Satan and all his fallen angels from their prison, (Revelation 9:1-3 + 11) it seems that hell is breaking loose. All around the world, people are being tortured and long to die. Revelation 9: 1~6 This is a worldwide state of emergency. Bring on the Police force of Revelation 13, “The Beast out of the Earth.” Do we have a worldwide police force now? No, but we have a worldwide peace force. The United Nations present (1995) policies are for a peacekeeping force. (However, with the present world’s situation, i.e. Iraq, North Korea, Ireland, Israel, Palestine etc, the United Nations will change their present policies of peacekeeping to become a police force.) The UN starts out like a lamb but will end up like a Lion. (Revelation 13: 11)
Maybe you will see that this police force unit will be made up of volunteers, mercenaries, and hired guns willing “to kill a third of mankind” Revelation 9: 15
The results of the 5th trumpet will be the catalyst for the war against those who “obey God’s commandments” Revelation 12:17 and “who refused to worship” the beast. Revelation 13:15
Notice that this Beast (UN) start’s out like a lamb but will later speak like a dragon. The UN will make polices and laws after the 5thTrumpet at the request of the Spiritual Leader of the World that will seem necessary at the time. The new laws, Revelation 13:12, will be the death decree of the 6th Trumpet, which will be used against His people, and go against God’s law.
After the Beast out of the Sea makes new laws that (Revelation 13:13) he (some representative of the Beast out of the Earth) performed great and miraculous signs, even causing fire to come down from heaven to earth in full view of men. 14) Because of the signs he was given power to do on behalf of the first beast, he deceived the inhabitants of the earth. (Speaking like a lamb.) He ordered them to set up an image in honor of the beast who was wounded by the sword and yet lived. (Speaking like a lion.) After this the 5th trumpet plague will fall for five months and cause the world to wonder why God is still angry with them. It is at this time Satan will appear impersonating Christ, he will be The Anti-Christ.
2 Corinthians 11:13 For such men are false apostle, deceitful workmen, masquerading as apostles of Christ. 14) And no wonder, for Satan himself masquerades as an angel of light. 15) It is not surprising, then, if his (Satan) servants (Beast out of the Sea and Earth) masquerade as servants of righteousness.
Satan will be the one who will, even causing fire to come down from heaven to earth in full view of men. Revelation 13: 13. He will convince the Lost that only a death decree will appease God.
4.2.8
The Mark of the Beast
For every truth that God has, Satan has a counterfeit. The majority of the people around the world believe that the Mark of the Beast is an identification system that is implanted in the back of the hand or in the forehead. There will be an identification system in the future that will control people so that will not be able to buy or sell but the identification system is not the Mark of the Beast.
Revelation 13:14 The Beast out of the Earth (USA): He ordered them to set up an image in honor of the beast who was wounded by the sword and yet lived. … 16) He also forced everyone, small and great, rich and poor, free and slave, to receive a mark on his right hand or on his forehead, 17) so that no one could buy or sell unless he had the mark, which is the name of the beast or the number of his name.
The Mark of the Beast is not a literal mark, brand or stamp but a sign of allegiance The Beast out of the Sea,
the Spiritual Leader of the World. They will honor by submitting to the Beast’s new laws for two reasons;
convenience, hand, labor, or conviction, forehead, one’s belief. By observing these man-made law’s, they will be
paying homage to the power of the Beast, thus; forming an image to the Beast. When Christian’s follow Christ’s
law’s, we form an image to Christ. That’s why we are called Christians.
Will we have a One World Government before the Second Coming? Never, but we will have a New World Order in
which the Spiritual Leader of the World will be in charge. Will there be a one world currency?
Maybe, the first four trumpets will cause a worldwide financial disaster, and out of the panic anything could happen.
4.2.9
Queen Ester’s Death Decree Repeated
6th Trumpet
History often repeats itself, and here is a case. In the Old Testament (Esther 3) there is a story, during the time of Queen Ester, of a death decree being issued against God’s people. In Revelation 9:13, there will be another death decree issued against God’s people; it will be the sixth trumpet. The good news is, just like in Queen Ester’s story; God’s people are not harmed. Ester 9 and Revelation 22. Revelation 9:13 death decree is issued at the sixth trumpet.
After the sixth trumpet death decree is issued, Revelation 9:13, everyone in the world will have to choose, to make a decision … to worship the image or not … to kill or be killed … to follow God’s commandments or man’s commandments.
Revelation 13:15 The Beast out of the Earth (USA ~ United Nations) He was given power to give breath to the image of the first beast, so that it could speak and cause all who refuse to worship the image to be killed.
Revelation 9:13 The sixth angel sounded his trumpet, and I heard a voice coming from the horns of the golden altar that is before God. 14) It said to the sixth angel, who had the trumpet, “Release the four angels who are bound at the great river Euphrates.” 15) And the four angels who had been kept ready for this very hour and day and month and year were released to kill a third of mankind.”
The following is another example of “to kill” God’s people from the Old Testament.
Ester 3:12 Then on the 13th day of the first month…. 13) Dispatches were sent by couriers to all the kings provinces with the order to kill, destroy and annihilate all the Jews (Who were Gods people.)… on a single day, the 13th day of the 12th month.” (Maybe this is the origin of “unlucky 13”)
This is an example of what is to come in Rev 13:15 and Revelation 9:15. Now why do I believe Queen Ester’s story is an example of the end time events? One reason is as follows which is from the NIV Study Bible, the last paragraph of the introduction of the book of Ester:
“An outstanding feature of this book -- one that has given rise to considerable discussion -- is the complete absence of any explicit reference to God, worship, prayer, or sacrifice. This “secularity” has produced many detractors who have judged the book to be of little religious value.
From this, I conclude that one of the main purposes of the book of Ester is to give us an example of the end time events, because as stated above the book of Ester has “little religious value”.
Just like Queen Esters decree (first month - 12th month = 11 months Ester 3:12 +13). There will be a time delay for people to make up their mind, to make a decision. Along with this death decree will come the following order:
Revelation 13:16 He (The Beast out of the Earth, USA ~ United Nations) also forced everyone, small and great, rich and poor, free and slave, to receive a mark on his right hand or on his forehead, 17) so that no one could buy or sell unless he had the mark, which is the name of the beast or the number of his name.
Gods moral laws are the 10 commandments, the sixth is:
Exodus 20:13 “You shall not murder.”
Mark 7:7 (Christ stated) They worship me in vain. Their teachings are but rules taught by men. 8) You have let go of the commandments of God and are holding on to the traditions of men.
When the Spiritual Leader of the World issues an order to kill and God commands that “You shall not murder.” You will have to choose sides.
Trials and tribulations are two of God’s means of bringing people to repentance. These are what the first six Trumpets are for. Throughout the history of the Old Testament these have always been very effective, and Revelation describes similar hardships: Revelation 13:15“no one could buy or sell”, Revelation 9: 17-21 describes a war; people have been killed by the plagues. In Revelation 9: 20 “The rest of mankind that were not killed by these plagues (the 7 Trumpets plagues; the others are the 7 Last Plagues) still did not repent.” This shows that the six trumpets take place prior to the close of probation, which is the seventh trumpet, Revelation 11:15, because they still had a chance to repent. This also shows that the 7 Last Plagues come after the 7 Trumpets.
After the 6th trumpet death decree is issued it will be time for God’s people to ‘flee to the mountains’ Matthew 24: 16.
Matthew 24:16 Signs of the End of the Age: (Christ stated) Then let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains. 17) Let no one on the roof of his house go down to take anything out of the house. 18) Let no one in the field go back to get his cloak.
Colossians 1:25 I have become its servant by the commission God gave me to present to you the word of God in its fullness, 26) the mystery that has been kept hidden for ages and generations, but is now disclosed to the saints.
2 Thessalonians 2:8 And the lawless one will be revealed
Just prior to the seventh trumpet God’s work of trying to convince people that his ways lead to
eternal life will be finished because everyone will have chosen sides after the mystery that has
been kept hidden for ages and generations, but is now disclosed to the saints; the full truth has
been revealed to all.
Revelation 10:7 The Angel and the Little Scroll: But in the days when the seventh angel is about to sound his trumpet, the mystery of God (“the word of God” Col. 1:25, the plan of salvation) will be accomplished.
John 16:8 The Work of the Holy Spirit: When he comes, he will convict the world of guilt in regard to sin and righteousness and judgment.
When everyone has made up their mind, their God given freedom of choice, then God’s (Holy Spirit) job is finished, because, everyone will have made their final choice prior to the seventh trumpet, which is the close of probation. On one side there are the sheep, on the other side the goats, Matthew 25:32, the wheat and the weeds, Matthew 13: 24, God’s people and Satan’s followers.
4.2.10
The Close of Probation ~ 7th Trumpet
At the seventh trumpet there will be a grand celebration in heaven because God is now in full control. The great controversy of who is right, Lucifer or God, is finished. The universal trial that started in heaven is over!!! Revelation 12:7 “and there was war in heaven,” a war of words, like two lawyers in a courtroom. Lucifer, the plaintiff, accused God, the defendant, of being unfair and it continued on earth, Satan’s battleground. At the close of Earth’s probation comes the time for judging, rewarding and destroying.
Revelation 11:15 The Seventh Trumpet: The seventh angel sounded his trumpet, and there were loud voices in heaven, which said: “the kingdom of the world has become the kingdom of our God and of His Christ, and he will reign for ever and ever. 16) And the twenty-four elders, who were seated on their thrones before God, fell on their faces and worshiped God, saying: 17) “We give thanks to you, God Almighty, the One who is and who was, because you have taken your great power and have begun to reign. 18) The nations were angry; and your wrath has come. The time has come for judging the dead, and for rewarding your servants the prophets and your saints and those who reverence your name, both small and great and for destroying those who destroy the earth. 19) Then God’s temple in heaven was open and within his temple was seen the ark of his covenant. (The end of the sanctuary service in heaven; no more intercession for people. No more chances to repent.) And there came flashes of lightning, rumbling peals of thunder, and earthquake and great hailstorm.
Christ will make the following announcement at the close of probation.
Revelation 22:11 Let him who does wrong continue to do wrong; let him who is vile continue to be vile; let him who does right continue to do right; and let him who is holy continue to be holy. 12) Behold, I am coming soon. My reward is with me, and I will give (future, when He comes) to everyone according to what he had done.
Daniel 7: 26 The court will sit, and his (The Little Horn, Daniel 7:8, which is The Beast out of the Sea, Revelation 13:1, controlled by Satan, Revelation 13: 2) power will be taken away and completely destroyed forever. 27) Then the sovereignty, power and greatness of the kingdoms under the whole heaven will be handed over to the saints, the people of the Most High. His kingdom will be an everlasting kingdom, and all rulers will worship and obey him.
Revelation 11:15 The Kingdom of the world has become the kingdom of our God and of his Christ.
Revelation 11:17 God Almighty…you have taken your great power and have begun to reign.
John 12:31 Christ said… Now the prince of this world, (Satan, 1 John 5:19) will be driven out.
1 John 5:19 We know that we are children of God, and that the whole world is under the control of the evil one. (Satan)
The reign of power will be taken from the Prince of Darkness and given to the Prince of Light.
The great controversy, the great trial, will be over!!!
You may ask; ‘Why is it necessary to have the Seven Trumpets, and this time of trouble?’
Matthew 25:31 When the son of Man comes (Second Coming) in his glory, and all the angels with him, he will sit on his throne in heavenly glory. 32) All the nations will be gathered before him, and he will separate the people one from another as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats. 33) He will put the sheep (God’s obedient children.) on his right and the goats (God’s disobedient children.) on his left. … 41) Then he will say to those on his left, (goats) ‘Depart from me, you who are cursed, into the eternal fire prepared (future, no hell now) for the devil and his angels.
John 16:8 The Work of the Holy Spirit: When he comes, he will convict the world of guilt in regard to sin and righteousness and judgment.
Matthew 24:14 And this gospel of the kingdom will be preached in the whole world as a testimony to all nations, and then the end will come.
Revelation 9:20 The rest of mankind that were not killed by these plagues(7Trumpets) still did not repent.
This is the time when the sheep will be separated from the goats. Many people believe that people cannot follow the Bible and God’s laws but this will prove to the universe that God’s children will be faithful to Him and His laws even when the death decree is issued. It is also necessary for the Seven Last Plagues to be issued to show the universe that the Lost character does not change even after they know they hear the truth because they “still did not repent.” Revelation 9:20
The seventh trumpet takes place entirely in heaven and not on earth, Revelation 11: 15. The seventh angel sounded his trumpet, and there were loud voices in heaven, Revelation 11: 19, Then God’s temple in heaven was open and within his temple was seen the ark of his covenant. Therefore, I conclude that the close of probation, the seventh trumpet, takes place a short time before the Second Coming of Christ. Revelation 22:12 “Behold, I am coming soon!! My reward is with me.”
4.3
Seven Last Plagues
4.3.1
God Wrath is Completed!!!
After the 7th Trumpet, which is the close of probation and the living are divided into two camps: the Saved and the Lost, it will be a time to test, to confirm people’s commitment to their choice, even to the point that they are willing to die for the truth. God’s seven last plagues wrath will be poured out on earth, Revelation 16: 1. I estimate the time frame of this to be the last 30 days before the Second Coming.
Before the seventh trumpet, the close of probation, people still have a chance to repent and come out of the false religious system, Revelation 18: 4. During the seven last plagues there is no chance and no repentance. These two points show that the seven last plagues come right after the seven trumpet plagues and that they are separate and do not take place during the same time period.
Revelation 11:15 The seventh angel sounded his trumpet, and there were loud voices in heaven, which said:
Revelation 11:18 The time of your wrath has come… (after the 7th Trumpet) time has come for judging the dead, and for rewarding your servants the prophets.
Revelation 11:19 Then God’s temple in heaven was open and within his temple was seen the ark of his covenant. (The end of the sanctuary service in heaven; no more intercession for people. No more chances to repent.) And there came flashes of lightning, rumbling peals of thunder, and earthquake and great hailstorm.
Revelation 15:1 I saw in heaven another great and marvelous sign: seven angels with
the seven last plagues last because with them God’s wrath is completed.
Revelation 18:4 Then I heard another voice from heaven say: “Come out of her, my people, so that you will not share in her sins, so that you will not receive any of her plagues;
Notice the time frame. God’s wrath is completed after the seven last plagues not at the Third Coming! (1000 years after the Second Coming, Revelation 20: 5) Keep this in mind during later studies.
Revelation 15:1 Seven Angels with Seven Plagues I saw in heaven another great and marvelous sign: seven angels with the seven last plagues; last because with them God’s wrath is completed. … 5) After this I looked and in heaven the temple, that is, the tabernacle of the Testimony, was opened. 6) Out of the temple came the seven angels with the seven plagues. They were dressed in clean, shining linen and wore golden sashes around their chests. 7) Then one of the four living creatures gave to the seven angels seven golden bowls filled with the wrath of God, who lives for ever and ever. 8) And the temple was filled with smoke from the glory of God and from his power, and no one could enter the temple until the seven plagues of the seven angels were completed.
Some people believe that Christ will come and live on earth and “rule them (nations) with an iron scepter.”
Psalm 23:8. How can that be when Revelation 15: 1state’s God’s wrath is completed after the 7 Last Plagues, and the sanctuary
service has ended, Revelation 11: 19?
Revelation 16:1 The Seven Bowls of God’s Wrath Then I heard a loud voice from the temple saying to the seven angels, “Go, pour out the seven the seven bowls of God’s wrath on the earth.”
:2 1st ugly and painful sores
:3 2nd the sea, and it turned into blood like that of a dead man, (like jelly) and
every living thing in the sea died.
:4 3rd rivers and springs, and they became blood.
:8 4th the sun was given power to scorch people with fire
:10 5th darkness. Men gnawed their tongues in agony
:12 6th Then they gathered the kings together to the place that in Hebrew is called
Armageddon.
:17 7th From the sky hailstones of about a hundred pounds each fell upon men..
What is the purpose of the seven last plagues? Why does a merciful loving God pour out seven last plagues on people after the close of probation? Only a sadist would torture a people after they've been condemned to death, unless there was a very good reason.
God has to, He’s on trial, He doesn't want to, but He has to allow the plagues to prove to the universe, the jury members, that the character of the living Lost does not change after they have heard the truth (Matthew 24: 14) and even with worse plagues (the seven last plagues) than the seven trumpet plagues.
The 7 Last Plagues can only last a very short time because of the effect it will have on earth. All oceans will become blood like that of a dead man, Revelation 16:3 (like jelly) and there will be no drinking water; rivers and springs, and they became blood. Revelation 16:4. The end of all life on earth will cease after the Second Coming.
Our Creator job is to convict all people of what is right and what is wrong. After the seventh trumpet close of probation there will be no one left to “convict”. Then our Creator will completely withdraw conviction of what is right and wrong from the people that are lost. The results will be that even with the 7 Last Plagues the Lost still “refuse to repent” Revelation 16: 8 and 10 “they cursed God” Revelation 16: 21. This proves that God’s judgment on the Lost is correct because their character does not change.
But even then God's merciful protection is still not totally withdrawn. He protects His own, the Saved, of course.
Psalms 23:4 Even though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil, for you are with me.
Matthew 24:20 Pray that your flight (from the 6th Trumpet death decree) will not take place in winter or on the Sabbath. 21) For then there will be great distress, (7 Last Plagues) unequaled from the beginning of the world until now, and never to be equaled again. 22) If those days had not been cut short, no one would survive, but for the sake of the elect those days will be shortened.
The days, not months, will be cut short because no one would or could survive much longer than 30 days of the
7 Last Plagues; especially the 2nd Last Plagues when 2/3rd of the world’s water is turned into “blood like that of a dead man” Revelation 16: 3.
Revelation 14:6 The Three Angels: Then I saw another angel flying in mid-air, and he had the eternal gospel to proclaim to those who live on the earth, to every nation, tribe, language and people. 7) He said in a loud voice, “Fear God and give him glory, because the hour of his judgment has come. Worship him who made the heavens, the earth, the sea and the springs of water.” 8) A second angel followed and said, “Fallen! Fallen is Babylon the Great, which made (Force) all the nations drink the maddening wine (unable to understand plain truth) of her adulteries.” 9) A third angel followed them and said in a loud voice: “if anyone worships the beast and his image and receives his mark on the forehead or on the hand, 10) he, too, will drink of the wine of God’s fury, which has been poured full strength into the cup of his wrath. He will be tormented with burning sulfur in the presence of the holy angels and of the Lamb. 11) And the smoke of their torment rises for ever and ever. (Which is until they die.) There is no rest day or night for those who worship the beast and his image, or for anyone who receives the mark of his name.” 12) This calls for patient endurance on the part of the saints who obey God’s commandments and remain faithful to Christ.
Many people use Revelation 14: 10 and 11 to refer to the burning of the Lost in the Lake of Fire which takes place at
the second resurrection, however; the above time frame is prior to the Second Coming and not after the
Third Coming. Remember God’s wrath is complete after the 7 Last Plagues, Revelation 15:1.
The seven last plagues show the universe what happens when our Creator removes the conviction of right and wrong; if sin is left unchecked, people will not do what is right.
4.3.2
Armageddon
There has always been a lot of misconception about Armageddon. Let’s look what the Bible says.
Revelation 16:13 Then I saw three evil spirits that looked like frogs; they came out of the mouth of the dragon, (Satan) out of the mouth of the beast (The Beast out of the Sea) and out of the mouth of the false prophet. (The Beast out of the Earth.) 14) They are spirits of demons performing miraculous signs, and they go out to the kings of the whole world to gather them for the battle on the great day of God Almighty. 15) “Behold, I come like a thief! Blessed is he who stays awake and keeps his clothes with him, so that he may not go naked and be shamefully exposed.” 16) Then they gathered the kings together to the place that in Hebrew is called Armageddon.
Revelation 17:12 “The ten horns you saw are ten kings who have not yet received a kingdom, but who for one hour will receive authority as kings along with the beast. 13) They have one purpose and will give their power and authority to the beast. 14) They will make war against the Lamb, but the Lamb will overcome them because he is God of Gods and King of kings and with him will be his called, chosen and faithful followers.”
Revelation 19:17 And I saw an angel standing in the sun, who cried in a loud voice to all the birds flying in midair, “Come, gather together for the great supper of God, so that you may eat the flesh of kings, generals, and mighty men, of horses and their riders, and the flesh of all people, free and slave, small and great.” 19) Then I saw the beast and the kings of the earth and their armies gathered together to make war against the rider on the horse and his army. 20) But the beast was captured, and with him the false prophet who had performed the miraculous signs on his behalf. With these signs he had deluded those who had received the mark of the beast and worshiped his image.
The time frame for the above events is the 6th Last Plague, which is the war of Armageddon. Satan will have armies
ready to kill the saints. Then they gathered the kings together to the place that in Hebrew is called Armageddon.
Revelation 16: 16. The place called Armageddon is symbolic for the UN. That is the Headquarters for the war effort
against the Saints. The sixth trumpet death decree will be issued from the UN by the kings, generals, and mighty
men.
4.3.3
The Great Tribulation
The following shows that after the seven trumpets time of tribulation, there will be a time of “great tribulation” Revelation 7:14, which is seven last plagues.
Revelation 7:13 Then one of the elders asked me, “These in white robes, who are they, and where did they come from?” 14) I answered, “Sir, you know.” And he said, “These are they who have come out of the great tribulation; they have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. (They depend completely on Christ’s righteous.) 15) Therefore, “they are before the throne of God and serve him day and night in his temple: and he who sits upon the throne will spread his tent over them. 16) Never again will they hunger; never again will they thirst. The sun will not beat upon them, nor any scorching heat. (This is the same as the 4th plague of the seven last plagues.)
Revelation 16:8 The fourth angel poured out his bowl on the sun, and the sun was given power to scorch people with fire.
Revelation 16:8 is the fourth plague of the 7 Last Plagues which Revelation 7: 14 descriptions is the same.
Daniel 12:1 The End Times: “At that time Michael, the great prince who protects your people, will arise. (At the close of probation, which is the 7 Trumpets) There will be a time of distress (7 Last Plagues) such as has not happened from the beginning of nations until then. But at that time your people, everyone whose name is found written in the book, will be delivered. 2) Multitudes who sleep in the dust of the earth will awake; some to everlasting life, others to shame and everlasting contempt. (No second chance. Contempt for sin; a reminder forever of the how repulsive sin is and thus it will never happen again.)
Daniel 12:1 also describes the same event as Revelation 16 and the 7 Last Plagues. With the Great Tribulation,
the 7 Last Plagues, God’s wrath is complete. It is now time for the Second Coming.
4.4
Summary
Christ has told us everything about the end time events before they happen, but only the wise will understand. There will be a probationary period (the last 1335 days before the Second Coming), a time of trouble, (the Seven Trumpets) and a time of great tribulation, (the Seven Last Plagues). The first four trumpets are ecological disasters that affect the whole world, which is a worldwide wake up call. During the seven trumpets time period, earth’s inhabitants will be separated into two camps, God’s and Satan’s. After everyone has been divided there will be a time of great tribulation that earth has never experienced before, which is the Seven Last Plagues. This will happen just prior to the end of earth’s sinful history and the Second Coming of our God. At the Second Coming the Saints, dead and living, will put on immortality and meet Christ in the air and then go to heaven with Him. The living Lost at the time of the Second Coming will be put to death quickly by the brightness of God’s Glory and will not be buried because all living things on earth are dead.
5.
Second Coming
5.1
Christ’s Appearance
Every living person will see Christ coming down from heaven, Revelation 1:7, to harvest the earth of all, both living and dead. He will take His faithful obedient people with Him back to heaven. The living Lost and all living creatures will be dead because of the plagues and His brightness.
Revelation 1:7 Look, he is coming with the clouds, (angels, 2 Thessalonians 1: 6 and Matthew 25:31) and every eye will see Him.
2 Thessalonians 1: 6 God is just: He will pay back trouble to those who trouble you 7) and give relief to you who are troubled, and to us as well. This will happen when Christ is revealed from heaven in blazing fire with his powerful angels. (Second Coming) 8) He will punish those who do not know God and do not obey the gospel of our Christ. 9) They will be punished with everlasting destruction and shut out from the presence of Christ(Christ will not live with the Lost.) and from the majesty of his power 10) on the day he comes to be marveled at among all those who have believed. (Past tense, no second chance.)
2 Thessalonians 2:1 The Man of Lawlessness (Spiritual Leader of the World) Concerning the coming of our Christ and our being gathered to him, (Christ does not stay on earth at the Second Coming) we ask you, brothers, 2) not to become easily unsettled or alarmed by some prophecy, report or letter supposed to have come from us, saying that the day of God has already come. 3) Don’t let anyone deceive you in any way, for that day will not come, until the rebellion occurs (after the Spiritual Leader of the World is elected) and the man of lawlessness is revealed; the man doomed to destruction.
Revelation 14:14 The Harvest of the Earth I looked, and there before me was a white cloud, and seated on the cloud was one “like a son of man” with a crown of gold on his head and a sharp sickle in his hand. 15) Then another angel came out of the temple and called in a loud voice to him who was sitting on the cloud, “Take your sickle and reap, because the time to reap has come, for the harvest of the earth is ripe.” (No second chance, there is only one harvest.) 16) So he who was seated on the cloud swung his sickle over the earth, and the earth was harvested. (double harvest, the righteous and the unrighteous.) 17) Another angel came out of the temple in heaven, and he too had a sharp sickle. 18) Still another angel who had charge of the fire, came from the altar and called in a loud voice to him who had the sharp sickle, “Take your sharp sickle and gather the clusters of grapes from the earth’s vine, because its grapes are ripe.” 19) The angel swung his sickle on the earth, gathered its grapes and threw them into the great winepress of God’s wrath. 20) They were trampled in the winepress outside the city, and blood flowed out of the press, rising as high as the horse bridles for a distance of 1,600 stadia.
1 Thessalonians 4:13 The Second Coming Brothers, we do not want you to be ignorant about those who fall asleep, (in Christ, the Saved) or to grieve like the rest of the men, who have no hope. (The Lost, Revelation 20: 5.) 14) We believe that Christ died and rose again and so we believe that God will bring with Christ those who have fallen asleep in him. (Back to heaven, John 14:1) 15) According to God’s own word, we tell you that we who are still alive, who are left till the coming of God will certainly not precede (to go to heaven, the saved do not remain on earth during the millennium) those who have fallen asleep. 16) For God himself will come down from heaven, with a loud command, with the voice of the archangel and with the trumpet call of God, and the dead in Christ will rise first. 17) After that, we who are still alive and are left will be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet God in the air. And so we will be with God forever. 18) Therefore encourage each other with these words.
If “every eye will see Him” Revelation 1:7 and “with the trumpet call of God” 1 Thessalonians 4:16 raising the
“dead in Christ” 1 Thessalonians 4:16, then the Second Coming is a very visible and loud event.
There is nothing secret about the Second Coming of Christ.
John 13:36 Simon Peter asked him, “YeHoshuVaH, where are you going?” Christ replied, “Where I am going, (to heaven) you cannot follow now, but you will follow later.
John 14:1 Christ said: “Do not let your hearts be troubled. Trust in God; trust also in me. 2) In my Father’s house (in heaven) are many rooms; if it were not so, I would have told you. I am going there to prepare a place for you. (in heaven) 3) And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come back and take you (not stay with you on earth) to be with me that you also may be where I am.”
(Christ is presently in heaven.)
John 17:24 “Father, I want those you have given me to be with me where I am, (in heaven.)
Matthew 25:31 The Sheep and the Goats “When the Son of Man comes in his glory, and all the angels with him, he will sit on his throne in heavenly glory. 32) All the nations will be gathered before him, and he will separate the people one from another as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats. 33) He will put the sheep on his right and the goats on his left. …41) “Then he will say to those on his left, ‘Depart from me, (Christ will not live with the Lost) you who are curse, into the eternal fire prepared for the devil and his angels. … 46) “Then they will go away to eternal punishment,(not punishing, only the Saved will have immortality) but the righteous to eternal life.”
Romans 6:23 For the wages of sin is death, (second death for the Lost; no immortality) but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ.
When Christ comes, He will not remain on Earth, in fact His feet never touch earth at the Second Coming.
The living Saved and the dead in Christ “will be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet God in the air.
And so we will be with God forever1 Thessalonians 4:16and “I will come back and take you to be with me that you
also may be where I am.” John 14: 3. Notice that Christ never touches the earth at the Second Coming. The saved
will meet Him in the air and He will take His people back to heaven “and (they) reigned with Christ a thousand
years” Revelation 20:4, see below, at Second Coming.
5.2
First Resurrection
The first resurrection, the resurrection of the Saved (dead in Christ) is at the Second Coming, 1 Thessalonians 4:13-17, and the second resurrection, the resurrection of the Lost, is at the Third Coming, Revelation 20:5, one thousand years later.
John 5:28 Do not be amazed at this, for a time is coming when all who are in their graves will hear his voice and come out, those who have done good (the Saved) will rise to live, 29) and those who have done evil (the Lost 1000 years later) will rise to be condemned.
Acts 24:15 And I have the same hope in God as these men, that there will be a resurrection of both the righteous and the wicked.
Revelation 20:4 I saw thrones on which were seated those who had been given authority to judge. And I saw the souls of those who had been beheaded because of their testimony for Christ and because of the word of God. They had not worshiped the beast or his image and had not received his mark on their forehead or their hands. They (souls) came to life and reigned with Christ a thousand years. 5) The rest of the dead (souls) did not come to life until the thousand years were ended. (Second Resurrection) This is the first resurrection. (Second Coming) 6) Blessed and holy are those who have part in the first resurrection. The second death has no power over them, but they will be priests of God and of Christ and will reign with him for a thousand years. (In heaven till the Third Coming when He will make earth His home. Revelation 21: 3)
Matthew 24: 30 At that time the sign of the Son of Man will appear in the sky, and all the nations of the earth will mourn. They will see the Son of Man coming on the clouds of the sky, with power and great glory. 31) And he will send his angels with a loud trumpet call, and they will gather his elect (only the Saved) from the four winds, from one end of the heavens to the other.(You only gather things to take them someplace other than where they were; thus proving the Saved do not remain on earth during the millennium.)
1 Corinthians 15: 22 For as in Adam all die, so in Christ all will be made alive. 23) But each in his own turn; Christ, the first fruits; then, when he comes, (Second Coming) those who belong to him. (the Saved) 24) Then the end will come, when he hands over the kingdom to God the Father after he has destroyed all dominion, authority and power. 25) For he must reign until he has put all his enemies under his feet. 26) The last enemy to be destroyed is death. (1000 years after the Second Coming, Revelation 20:14) …
51)“Listen, I tell you a mystery: We will not all sleep, (death is called a sleep) but we will all be changed in a flash, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trumpet. (Second Coming) For the trumpet will sound, the dead will be raised imperishable, and we will be changed. (At the Second Coming not when we die.) 53) For the perishable must clothe itself with the imperishable and the mortal with immortality. (no second chance)
Matthew 16:27 For the Son of Man is going to come in his Father’s glory withy his angels, and then he will reward each person according to what he has done. (past tense)
Revelation 22: 12 “Behold, I am coming soon! My reward is with me, and I will give to everyone according to what he has done.” (past tense, not what he will do, no second chance)
The first resurrection takes place at the Second Coming just after the 7th LP. The Dead in Christ will come out of
their graves and be changed into immortals and together with the Living in Christ, who are also changed then into
immortals, be caught up in the air to meet Christ and then be taken to heaven for 1000 years where they will serve as
the Second Jury. Note that all will be changed at the Second Coming; either perishable (the Lost) or immortal (the
Saved). There is no second chance after the Second Coming.
5.3
Death at the Second Coming
The time frame for the following verses is at the Second Coming when the Saved are taken to heaven to live and the Lost are put to death quickly, Zep. 1: 18, by the Glory of God, 2 Thessalonians 2: 8. Satan and his angels will have no one to torment because they are confined to this planet, Revelation 20: 3 and there is nothing living on it for 1000 years, Zep. 1: 3, Revelation 11:18. The Lost are brought back to life after 1000 years, Revelation 20: 3.
Revelation 11: 18 The Seventh Trumpet The time has come for destroying those who destroy the earth.
2 Thessalonians 2:1 Concerning the coming of our Christ and our being gathered to him … 8) And then the lawless one will be revealed whom Christ will overthrow with the breath of his mouth and destroy (quick death) by the splendor (His Glory) of his coming. (Along with the rest of the Lost, Zep. 1: 18)
Isaiah 13:9 See, the day of God is coming, cruel day with wrath and fierce anger, to make the land desolate and destroy the sinners within it. (At the Second Coming God will destroy the sinners not let them live on earth during the millennium.)
Matthew 24:37 Signs of the End of the Age As it was in the days of Noah, so it will be at the coming of the Son of Man. 38) For in the days before the flood, people were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage up to the day Noah entered the ark; (the same will be before the close of probation; the 7th trumpet) 39) and they knew nothing about what would happen (of the 7 Last Plagues and the Second Coming) until the flood come and took them all away. (Death to all)
Matthew 24:27 For as lightning that comes from the east is visible even in the west, so will be the coming of the Son of Man. (Second Coming) 28) Wherever there is a carcass, there the vultures will gather.
Revelation 19:20 But the beast was captured, and with him the false prophet who had performed the miraculous signs on his behalf. With these signs he had deluded those who had received the mark of the best and worshiped his image. The two of them were thrown alive into the fiery lake of burning sulfur. (The time frame is at the Second Coming) 21) The rest of them (all)were killed (no one left alive) with the sword that came out of the mouth of the rider on the horse, (Christ at the Second Coming) and all the birds gorged themselves on their flesh.
Zephaniah 1:2 Warning of Coming Destruction: “I will sweep away everything from the face of the earth, (this does not mean only Israel) declares God.” 3) “I will sweep away both men and animals; I will sweep away the birds of the air and the fish of the sea. The wicked will have only heaps of rubble when I cut off man from the face of the earth,” declares God.
The Great Day of God: 18) Neither their silver nor their gold will be able to save them on the day of God’s wrath. In the fire of his jealousy the whole world will be consumed, for he will make a sudden end (quick death) of all who live in the earth.
Jeremiah 25:33 The Cup of God’s Wrath At that time those slain by God will be everywhere, from one end of the earth to the other. They (the Lost) will not be mourned or gathered up or buried but will be like refuse lying on the ground. (No one remains alive on earth.)
Revelation 20:3 He (an angel from heaven Revelation 20:1) threw him (Satan, Revelation 9:1) into the Abyss, (the earth after the Second Coming Revelation 20:7) and locked and sealed it over him, to keep him from deceiving the nations (this is more possible proof that there are other planets like earth, because all the sinful nations of people on earth are dead during the millennium.) anymore until the thousand years were ended. After that, he must be set free for a short time.
As a father I have had to put to sleep our family cat that we all loved dearly. I put it to death the quickest way that I
knew. God will do the same to all the living Lost, both men and animals at the Second Coming, by the splendor (His
Glory) of his coming. He will do the same at the final judgment at the Third Coming too.
6.
The Millennium
6.1
1000 Years of Rest
God created the world in six days and rested on the seventh day. There has been approximately 6000 years of sin in this world and the millennium will usher in 1000 Years of rest from sin.
2 Peter 3:8 With God a day is like thousand years, and a thousand years are like a day.
If you believe that there will be life on earth during the millennium then you will certainly have to read carefully appendix “F”, ‘Problems with Millennium Life’.
The word millennium is not found in the Bible, but the expression comes only from Revelation 20: 1 - 7 where it is mentioned 6 times. Any definition or description of the millennium must be based on the framework of the millennial doctrine set forth in Revelation 19 and 20, for this is the only Scripture passage that deals directly with this doctrine.
That the Second Coming precedes the millennium is clear from the fact that the narrative of Revelation 19 and 20 is continuous. The Second Coming is symbolically portrayed in Revelation 19: 11-21, and the narrative is carried on without a break into Revelation 20, which discusses the millennial period. The continuity of narrative is clearly demonstrated by the interrelation of events. The three great powers that will oppose the work of Christ and gather the kings of the earth to battle immediately prior to the Second Coming are identified as the dragon, the beast, and the false prophet (Revelation 16.13). According to Revelation 19.19, when “the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies gathered together to make war against the rider on the horse”(Christ) at the time of the Second Coming, the beast and the false prophet are “thrown alive into the fiery lake of burning sulfur” Revelation 20, 21. The narrative of Revelation 20: 2proceeds to show the fate of the third member of the trio, the dragon, who is seized and cast into the Abyss, where he remains for 1000 years.
Revelation 16:13 Then I saw three evil spirits that looked like frogs; they came out of the mouth of the dragon, out of the mouth of the beast and out of the mouth of the false prophet. 14) They are spirits of demons performing miraculous signs, and they go out to the kings of the whole world to gather them for the battle on the great day of God Almighty.
Revelation 19:11 The Rider on the White Horse (Christ) I saw heaven standing open and there before me was a white horse, whose rider is called Faithful and True. With justice he judges and makes war. 12) His eyes are like blazing fire, and on his head are many crowns. He has a name written on him that no one knows but he himself. 13) He is dressed in a robe dipped in blood and his name is the Word of God. 14) The armies of heaven were following him, riding on white horses and dressed in fine linen, white and clean. 15) Out of his mouth comes a sharp sword with which to strike down the nations. “He will rule them with an iron scepter.” He treads the winepress of the fury of the wrath (seven last plagues, Revelation 15:1) of God Almighty. 16) On his robe and on his thigh he has this name written:
King of Kings and God of Gods.
17) and I saw an angel standing in the sun, who cried in a loud voice to all the birds flying in midair, “Come, gather together for the great supper of God, 18) so that you may eat the flesh of kings, generals, and mighty men, of horses and their riders, and the flesh of all people, (the Lost are destroyed and left unburied, Zep. 1:2, 3+18; Jeremiah 25: 33) free and slave, small and great.” 19) Then I saw the beast and the kings of the earth and their armies gathered together to make war against the rider on the horse and his army. 20) But the beast was captured, and with him the false prophet who had performed the miraculous signs on his behalf. With these signs he had deluded those who had received the mark of the beast and worshiped his image. The two of them were thrown alive into the fiery lake of burning sulfur. (Note that the time frame of this event is just prior to the Second Coming, whereas; Revelation 20: 10 happens 1000 years later and when “the devil who deceived them was thrown into the lake of burning sulfur, where the beast and the false prophet had been thrown”, 1000 years before. Also note that it does not state that they are alive this time.) 21) The rest of them were killed with the sword that came out of the mouth of the rider on the hose, and all the birds gorged themselves on their flesh.
Thus, these two events are similar yet differ somewhat. The Second Coming wrath of God will destroy the Lost along with all life form, Zep. 1:2 – 3 + 18; Jeremiah 25:33, but 1000 years later He will destroy all the Lost and then cleanse the earth with fire, Revelation 20: 14 before He creates a new heaven and a new earth. Revelation 21:1
Revelation 20: 1 And I saw an angel coming down out of heaven, having the key to the Abyss and holding in his hand a great chain. 2) He seized the dragon, that ancient serpent, who is the devil, or Satan, and bound him for a thousand years. 3) He threw him into the Abyss, and locked and sealed it over him; to keep him from deceiving the nations anymore until the thousand years were ended. (This seems like there are still people for Satan to deceive during the 1000 years; however, according to other Bible texts, there is no one alive. So this statement shows the purpose of his confinement, which is that he will have no one to deceive anymore for 1000 years. The Lost are already deceived, dead, waiting till the second resurrection at the end of the 1000 years and the Saved are now in heaven.) After that, he must be set free for a short time. 4) I saw thrones on which were seated those who had been given authority to judge. And I saw the souls of those who had been beheaded because of their testimony for Christ and because of the word of God. They had not worshiped the beast or his image and hand not received his mark on their foreheads or their hands. They came to life and reigned with Christ a thousand years. 5) The rest of the dead did not come to life until the thousand years were ended. This is the first resurrection. 6) Blessed and holy are those who have part in the first resurrection. The second death has no power over them, but they will be priest of God and of Christ and will reign with him for a thousand years.
Satan’s Doom 7) When the thousand years are over, Satan will be release from his prison and will go out to deceive the nations in the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog to gather them for battle.
When the beast and the false prophet are cast into the lake of fire, Revelation 19:20, “the rest” (v. 21) of their followers are slain by the sword of Christ. These are the “kings, generals, mighty men”, and “all people, both free and slave” (v. 18). The same classes are mentioned under the sixth seal, as seeking the hide from the face of the Lamb (Revelation 6:14-17) when the heavens depart as a scroll and every mountain and island is moved, obviously these scriptures depict the same earth-shattering event, the Second Advent of Christ.
How many are involved in the death of “the rest” Revelation 19: 21? According to Revelation 13: 8 there will be only two classes on earth at the time of the advent: “All inhabitants of the earth will worship the beast, all whose names have not been written in the book of life” It is evident, therefore, that when “the rest” are “killed with the sword” Revelation 19: 21, there are no survivors except those who have withstood the beast, namely, those who are written in the book of life, Revelation 13:8. Before mentioning that this group enters upon its millennial reign Revelation 20:4, John relates how the third great enemy, the dragon, will begin to receive his retribution Revelation 20: 1 – 3.
The above shows clearly that there will be no living human on the earth during the millennium.
John 13: 36 Simon Peter asked him, “YeHoshuVaH, where are you going?” Christ replied, “Where I am going, (to heaven) you cannot follow now, but you will follow later. (not stay on earth during the millennium.)
John 14: 1 Christ said: “Do not let your hearts be troubled. Trust in God; trust also in me. 2) In my Father’s house (in heaven) are many rooms; if it were not so, I would have told you. I am going there to prepare a place for you. (in heaven) 3) And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come back and take you (not stay with you on earth) to be with me that you also may be where I am.” (Christ is presently in heaven.)
John 17:24 “Father, I want those you have given me to be with me where I am, (in heaven.)
Revelation 21:1 Then I saw a new heaven and a new earth, for the first heaven and the first earth had passed away and there was no longer any sea. 2) I saw the Holy City, the New Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven from God, prepared as a bride beautifully dressed for her husband. 3) And I heard a loud voice from the throne saying, “Now the dwelling of God is with men, and he will live with them.
During the millennium the Saved will be taken to heaven to live with Christ in the Holy City, the New Jerusalem, until the end of the millennium when they return to earth.
7.
The Third Coming
7.1
Second Resurrection
One thousand years after the Second Coming, Christ and His Saints, the Saved, will return to earth (the Third Coming) for the final jury and destruction of the Lost who are brought back to life, which is the second resurrection, Revelation 20:5. The future tense, will be, Revelation 20:4 and will reign, Revelation 20: 6, of the following verse also proves that you don’t go to heaven or hell when you die. Christ made it very clear that when you die you will sleep, John 11:11-15,until after you are judged and then resurrected either at the Second Coming or 1000 years later at the Third Coming. The following confirms this doctrine.
Ezekiel 18:4 The soul who sins is the one who will die. (Third Coming, Revelation 20:5 + 15)
Psalms 49:15 But God will redeem my life (or soul) from the grave; (Second Coming, 1 Thessalonians 4:16) he will surely take me (His saved child) to himself.
Revelation 20:4 The Thousand Years They (Saved souls) came to life (first resurrection) and reigned with Christ a thousand years. 5) The rest of the dead (Lost souls) did not come to life until the thousand years were ended. (Second resurrection at the Third Coming) This is the first resurrection. (First resurrection at the Second Coming) 6) Blessed and holy are those who have part in the first resurrection.. (Second Coming) The second death (eternal death) has no power over them, but they will be (future) priests of God and of Christ and will reign (future) with him for a thousand years. (In heaven till the Third Coming when He will make earth His home. Revelation 21:3)
Revelation 21:3 The New Jerusalem “Now (After the millennium and after the Third Coming) the dwelling of God is with men, and he will live with them. (He will not live on earth during the millennium.)
What’s the purpose of bringing back to life the Lost?
It seems that our God of mercy and love has a vengeful way of torturing people who don't obey Him. He kills them at the Second Coming and then raises them from the dead 1000 years later in the second resurrection just to kill them again. Why does He resurrect the Lost to kill them again, which is the second death, Revelation 20: 5? God has too for two reasons:
First, He knows that His children trust Him but He wants to prove to us beyond a shadow of doubt that everything He’s done is correct. Some of the saved may wonder, still have doubts about whether or not some of the lost would have changed their ways if they had known the true nature of the Antichrist. Yes, they still might wonder, even after examining the books for 1000 years in heaven. God has to prove to all, that He gave everyone a chance to have eternal life.
Second, the Lost, the third jury, Phil. 2: 10, have to judge themselves, before being sentenced to death. After the second resurrection, the Lost will be shown where our Creator gave them many opportunities to choose eternal life.
Hebrews 9:27 Just as man is destined to die once, and after that to face judgment, (no second chance) 28) so Christ was sacrificed once to take away the sins of many people; and he will appear a second time, not to bear sin, but to bring salvation to those who are waiting for him. (Salvation comes only once and that is at the Second Coming; again no second chance.)
Philippians 2:10 At the name of YeHoshuVaH every knee will bow, in heaven (1st Jury) and on earth (2nd Jury) and under the earth, (3rd Jury) and every tongue confess that Christ is God.
Revelation 20:7 When the thousand years are over, Satan will be released from his prison 8) and will go out to deceive the nations in the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them for battle. In number they are like the sand on the seashore. 9) They march across the breath of the earth and surrounded the camp of God’s People, the city He loves, (Revelation 21:2 The Holy City, the New Jerusalem) but fire came down from heaven and devoured them.
The Lost will have their lives revealed to them. They will see how God showed them the right way but they choose
not to follow His ways and they all will confess that God’s way was correct. They will get off their knees,
Phil. 2: 10, but their true character does not change, Revelation 20: 7~9,and Satan will deceive them into attacking
the New Jerusalem. It is now time to execute the judgment. Romans 6:23For the wages of sin is death. (not torture)
God’s trial is over.
7.2
The Lake of Fire ~ Hell
Do you understand Revelation 20: 9 and 10 to mean that God will bring a fire, literal, of burning sulfur from heaven to “torment,” (torture) the sinner’s body, while they are alive:
1) In the lake of burning sulfur forever and eternity in a place called Hell,… or
2) Day and night, 24 hours or more, and then kill them?
Revelation 19:20 But the beast was captured, and with him the false prophet who had performed the miraculous signs on his behalf. With these signs he had deluded those who had received the mark of the best and worshiped his image. The two of them were thrown alive into the fiery lake of burning sulfur.21) The rest of them were killed with the sword that came out of the mouth (Christ) of the rider on the horse, (see 2 Thessalonians 2:8) and all the birds gorged themselves on their flesh. (see Jeremiah 25: 33)
Revelation 20:9 They marched across the breadth of the earth and surrounded the camp of God’s people, the city he loves. But fire came down from heaven and devoured them. 10) And the devil, who deceived them, was thrown into the lake of burning sulfur, where the beast and the false prophet had been(past tense, see Revelation 19: 20) thrown. They will be tormented day and night for ever and ever. … 14) Then death and Hades were thrown into the lake of fire. The lake of fire is the second death.
Revelation 21:8 But the cowardly, the unbelieving, the vile, the murderers, the sexually immoral, those who practice magic arts, the idolaters and all liars, their place will be in the fiery lake of burning sulfur. This is the second death.
Notice the time frame of Revelation 19:20 was 1000 years before Revelation 20: 10. Also only the beast and the false
prophet are thrown alive into the fiery lake of burning sulfur at the Second Coming. The devil won’t get there until
1000 years later. Revelation 19: 20 states: “the beast and the false prophet… The two of them were thrown alive into
the fiery lake of burning sulfur.” And that Revelation 21:8“the fiery lake of burning sulfur. This is the second death.”
The time frame for this is at the Second Coming; the question: is the beast and the false prophet people that are put
to death, the second death, or do they represent a system that is put to death, out of existence. It could be either or
both it really does not matter.
Where did you get your understanding of the words “fire, hell, burning sulfur, and forever”? Was it from man’s dictionary? The Bible is a spiritual book. The book of Revelation is a symbolic book. We must use the Bible to define its own definitions. The book of Revelation reveals Christ’s character.
1 John 4:16 God is love.
1 Corinthians 13:4 Love is patient and kind.
Malachi 3:6 I God do not change.
Revelation 21:4 He will wipe every tear from their eyes. There will be no more death or mourning or crying or pain, (no more hell) for the old order of things has passed away.
Romans 6:23 For the wages of sin is death, (not torture) but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ.
Will Christ, God of love, whose character cannot change from being patient and kind, “torment”, torture, physically burn the flesh of His own children after the second resurrection, even though they are sinners?
Is this doctrine consistent with His character? No !!!! This belief is not sound doctrine.
2 Timothy 4: 3 For the time will come when men will not put up with sound doctrine. Instead, to suit their own desires, they will gather around them a great number of teachers to say what their itching ears want to hear. 4) They will turn their ears away from the truth and turn aside to myths.
Remember that God’s wrath is complete at the seven last plagues.
Revelation 15: 1 Seven Angels with Seven Plagues I saw in heaven another great and marvelous sign: seven angels with the seven last plagues; last because with them God’s wrath is completed.
The Bible never contradicts itself, therefore;
We must re-examine our beliefs.
We must let the Bible interpret itself.
We must let the Bible be its own dictionary whenever possible.
Biblically what is: forever, eternal, soul, fire, and burning sulfur? Sometimes they are literal and sometimes they are symbolic. We will now study them Biblically.
7.2.1
Forever
The word “forever” does not necessarily mean “without end”. In fact the Bible uses this word many times (56 times in the King James Version of the Bible) in connection with things which have already ended, usually in death. It does not mean eternity in every case. It may mean the effects are eternal. See Jonah: 2:6 + 1:17, Isaiah 34:9+10.
Revelation 14:10 He, too, will drink of the wine of God’s fury, which has been poured full strength into the cup of his wrath. He will be tormented with burning sulfur in the presence of the holy angels and of the Lamb. 11) And the smoke of their torment rises for ever and ever. (The time frame of this is just before the Second Coming and not the Third Coming and the Second Death of the Lost.) There is no rest for those who worship the beast and his image, or for anyone who receives the mark of his name.” 12) This calls for patient endurance on the part of the saints who obey God’s commandments and remain faithful to Christ.
Revelation 20:9 Fire came down from Heaven and devoured them. 10) And the devil, who deceived them was thrown into the lake of burning sulfur, where the beast and the false prophet had been thrown. They will be tormented day and night forever and ever.(The time frame of this is just after the Third Coming.) 11) Then I saw a great white throne and him who was seated on it. …… 15) If anyone’s name was not found written in the book of life he was thrown into the lake of fire. (Future, after the final judgment of the third jury.)
The term is clearly defined in Psalm 48:14, “For this God is our God for ever and ever: he will be our guide even to the end.” The desolation of Edom was to continue “for ever and ever” Isaiah 34:10. Christ is called “a priest forever” Hebrews 5:6, yet after sin is blotted out Christ’s work as a priest in the sanctuary will end.
According to these definitions of the word “forever” the wicked will suffer as long as they continue to live. Then, as the Bible states; “The wicked…they will be forever destroyed.” Psalm 92:7; Malachi 4:1-3.
Do not let people tell you that ‘forever’ means eternity and immortality; or that Hell goes on for eternity which would give the Lost immortal bodies that would never die. For the wages of sin is death, Romans 6:2, not an eternity of torture.
7.2.2
Soul
The soul is never called immortal in the Bible; if fact it states:
Ezekiel 18:4 For every living soul belongs to me, the father as well as the son, both alike belong to me. The soul who sins is the one who will die.
Romans 6:23 For the wages of sin is death.
John 3:16 For God so loved the world that whoever believes in him shall not perish (die) but have eternal life.
Romans 2:12 All who sin apart from the law will also perish apart from the law.
Psalms 27:10 A little while, and the wicked will be no more; though you look for them, they will not be found. … 20) But the wicked will perish: God’s enemies will be like the beauty of the fields, they will vanish; vanish like smoke.
Psalms 68:2 As smoke is blown away by the wind, may you blow them (Gods enemies, the Lost) away; as wax melts before the fire, may the wicked perish before God.
Let’s start at the beginning.
Genesis 2:7 God formed the man form the dust of the ground and breathed into his nostrils the breath of life, and the man became a living being. (a living soul)
Dust + God’s breath, life force, electricity, = a living soul. Character of that soul comes later.
It is your character that will be judged, not your soul.
Ecclesiastes 12:7 And the dust returns to the ground it came from, and the spirit (or breath)
returns to God who gave it.
Ecclesiastes 3:19 Man’s fate is like that of animals; the same fate awaits them both: As one dies, so dies the other. All have the same breath (or spirit); man has no advantage over the animal. Everything is meaningless. 20) All go to the same place; all come from dust, and to dust all return.
Psalms 124:29 When you hide your face, they are terrified; when you take away their breath, they die and return to the dust. 30) When you send your Spirit, they are created.
Psalms 146:4 When their spirit departs, they return to the ground; on that very day their plans
come to nothing.
Matthew 10:28 Do not be afraid of those who kill the body but cannot kill the soul. Rather be afraid of the One (and only One who can kill the soul) who can destroy both soul and body in hell. (Grave)
Psalms 49:15 But God will redeem my life (soul) from the grave. (At the Second Coming.)
7.2.3
Perish, Burnt, Consumed, Destroyed
John 3:16 For God so loved the world that whoever believes in him shall not perish(die) but have eternal life.
Romans 2:12 All who sin apart from the law will also perish apart from the law.
Psalms 27:10 A little while, and the wicked will be no more; though you look for them, they will not be found. … 20) But the wicked will perish: God’s enemies will be like the beauty of the fields, they will vanish; vanish like smoke.
104:35 But may sinners vanish from the earth and the wicked be no more.
68:2 As smoke is blown away by the wind, may you blow them (Gods enemies, the Lost) away; as wax melts before the fire, may the wicked perish before God.
145:20 God watches over all who love him, but all the wicked he will destroy.
Matthew 3:12 His winnowing fork is in his hand, and he will clear his threshing floor, gathering his wheat (the Saved) into the barn and burning up the chaff (the Lost) with unquenchable fire. (No one can put it out, but it will go out when all are completely burnt up.)
Matthew 7:13 (Christ said) “Enter through the narrow gate. For wide is the gate and broad is the road that leads to destruction, and many enter thought it. 14) But small is the gate and narrow the road that leads to life and only a few find it.
Matthew 10:28 (Christ said) Do not be afraid of those who kill the body but cannot kill the soul. Rather, be afraid of the One (God of Love) who can destroy both soul and body in hell. (Lake of Fire, the Second Death)
Mark 1:24 What do you want with us, Christ of Nazareth? Have you come to destroy us? (Even evil spirits know that they are not immortal and that they will be destroyed.)
2 Thessalonians 1:9 They will be punished with everlasting destruction.
Hebrews 2:14 Since the children have flesh and blood, he too shared in their humanity so that by his death he (Christ) might destroy him (Satan dies) who holds the power of death, that is, the devil.
Malachi 4:1 The Day of God “Surely the day is coming; it (earth and all in it) will burn like a furnace. All the arrogant and every evildoer will be stubble, (the Lost do not live on in a so called Hell) and that day that is coming will set them on fire,” (after they are put to death, the second death) says God Almighty. “Not a root or a branch will be left to them. 2) But for you who revere my name, the sun of righteousness will rise with healing in its wings. And you will go out and leap like calves released from the stall. 3) Then you (the Saved) will trample down the wicked; they will be ashes under the soles of your feet on the day when I do these things,” (When God recreates this world and makes all things new) says God Almighty.
Matthew 13:30 The Parable of the Weeds Let both grow up together until the harvest. At that time, I will tell the harvesters: First collect the weeds and tie them in bundles to be burned; then gather the wheat and bring it into my barn.”… The Parable of the Weeds Explained 40) “As the weeds (the Lost) are pulled up and burned in the fire, so it will be at the end of the age.
2 Peter 3:10 But the day of God (Second Coming) will come like a thief. The heavens will disappear with a roar; the elements will be destroyed by fire, and the earth and everything in it will be laid bare.
7.2.4
Eternal
Jude 7 In a similar way, Sodom and Gomorrah and the surrounding towns gave themselves up to sexual immorality and perversion. They serve as an example of those who suffer the punishment (not punishing) of eternal fire. (Sodom and Gomorrah are not burning today, but the results are eternal, they are toast.)
Matthew 25:41 Then he will say to those on his left, (Second Coming judgment, future) ‘Depart from me, you who are cursed, into the eternal fire prepared ( future) for the devil and his angels. … 46) Then they will go away to eternal punishment(singular) but the righteous to eternal life.
2 Thessalonians 1:9 They will be punished (not punishing) with everlasting destruction (permanent results) and shut out from the presence of God and from the majesty of his power 10) on the day he comes (punishment, wages of sin is death, is in the future) to be glorified in his holy people and to be marveled at among all those who have believed.
Mark 3:29 But whoever blasphemes against the Holy Spirit will never be forgiven; he is guilty of an eternal sin. (Sin does not last forever, the result of sin ends.)
1 John 3:15 Anyone who hates his brother is a murderer and you know that no murderer has eternal life in him. (The Lost do not have eternal life.)
Hebrews 5:9 Once made perfect, he became the source of eternal salvation (the results are eternal and not continuous) for all who obey him,
Hebrews 6:1 Therefore let us leave the elementary teachings about Christ and go on to maturity, not laying again the foundation of repentance from acts that lead to death, and of faith in God, 2) instruction about baptisms, the laying on of hands, the resurrection of the dead, and eternal judgment. (Judgment will come and go but the results are eternal.)
Hebrews 9:12 He did not enter by means of the blood of goats and calves but he entered the Most Holy Place once for all by his own blood, having obtained eternal redemption. (The work of redemption is complete and eternal in its results.)
7.2.5
Mortal and Immortal
The doctrine of the immortality of the soul is based on paganism and is not taught in the Bible. Notice the admission of the Interpreter’s Dictionary of the Bible in this regard:
“In the KJV of the OT (the clue is partly obliterated in modern translations) ‘soul’ represents almost exclusively the Hebrew nephesh. The word ‘soul’ in English … frequently carries with it overtones, ultimately coming from philosophical Greek (Platonishm) and form Orphism and Gnosticism, which are absent in nephesh. In the OT it never means the immortal soul, but is essentially the life principle, or the living being … psuche in the NT corresponds to nephesh in the OT” (vol. 4, p.428)
In fact Satan, the deceiver’s first lie, was that the soul would not die.
Genesis 3:4 “You will not surely die,” the serpent said to the woman.
An interesting fact from the Chinese picture story language is the word for soul is made up of the characters of:
Alive + secret + man+ garden = Devil + says = soul.
Alive + secret + man + garden = Devil + undercover + two trees = tempter
Woman + secretly + eating = beginning (of sin)
Woman + two trees = greedy, covet
God commands + two trees = forbidden
Small boat + eight + people = ship
Lamb + (me) =hand + knife = righteousness, (an innocent man, an honest man, a man who would die for you.)
Christ over me or, I with my hand take the knife and kill the innocent lamb in my place.
I thought you might enjoy a few of the many examples of the Chinese picture story language that tell the small story as the first eleven chapters of the Bible. Harvard University studies estimate that the Chinese language started approximately 4500 years ago. The first books of the Bible were not written until 3500 years ago; which make the Chinese stories of creation 1000 years before the Bible and approximately 100 years after the flood.
Genesis 6:3 Then God said, “My Spirit will not contend with man forever, for he is mortal; his days will be a hundred and twenty years.”
Romans 8:11 And if the Spirit of him who raised Christ from the dead is living in you, he who raised Christ from the dead will also give life to your mortal bodies through his Spirit, who lives in you. 12) Therefore, brothers, we have an obligation, but it is not to the sinful nature, to live according to it. 13) For if you live according to the sinful nature, your will die.
1 Corinthians 15:51 Listen, I tell you a mystery: We will not all sleep, but we will all be changed, 52) in a flash, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trumpet. (Second Coming) For the trumpet will sound, the dead will be raised imperishable, and we will be changed. 53) For the perishable must clothe itself with the imperishable, (mortals; the Lost are not given immoral bodies so that they will be tortured for ever and ever) and the mortal with immortality. 54) When the perishable has been clothed with imperishable, and the mortal with immortality, then the saying that is written will come true: “Death has been swallowed up in victory.”
Proverbs 12:28 In the way of righteousness there is life; along that path is immortality.
Romans 23:22 Although they claimed to be wise, they became fools 23) and exchanged the glory of the immortal God for images made to look like mortal man and birds and animals and reptiles. (all mortal)
1 Timothy 1:17 Now to the King eternal, immortal, invisible, the only God, be honor and glory for ever and ever. Amen.
1 Timothy 6:15 God, the blessed and only Ruler, the King of kings and God of rulers, 16) who alone is immortal and who lives in unapproachable light, whom no one has seen or can see.
Romans 2:7 To those who by persistence in doing good seek glory, honor and immortality, he will give eternal life.
7.2.6
Fire and Burning Sulfur
God uses symbols. Satan wants us to believe that God will torture His children with fire and burning sulfur forever and eternity or torture them day and night.
Isaiah 33:11 Your (God’s) breath is a fire that consumes you.
:33 The breath of God, like a stream of burning sulfur, sets it ablaze.
Hebrews 12:29 Our “God is a consuming fire.”
Exodus 24:17 To the Israelites the glory of God looked like a consuming fire on top of the mountain.
Genesis 2:7 God formed the man from the dust of the ground and breathed into
his nostrils the breath of life,(electricity into a brain dead body. In a hospital when a body is pronounced dead is when there is no more electricity in the brain.) and the man became a living being.
One of God’s biggest human enemies are the Christian churches that teach “Hell is torture forever.” Even Hitler didn’t torture the Jews forever. Satan wants people to think God’s character is hard and vindictive, in reality like his own character, so that when he (Satan) comes (Revelation 13:13) looking like Christ; he will claim that God, the Father, whose character is hard and vindictive, has poured out the plagues as the result of those who don’t worship the Beast out of Sea.
People who preach "fire-and-brimstone sermons about hell and damnation" feed on fear as the motivation for obedience.
Titus 2:11 For the grace of God that brings salvation has appeared to all men. (Since Adam and Eve)
1 John 4:18 There is no fear in love. But perfect love drives out fear, because fear has to do with punishment.
7.2.7
The True Lake of Fire
What then is sound doctrine of God’s fire and the Lake of Fire?
1 John 1:5 God is light; in Him there is no darkness at all.
2 Thessalonians 2:8 Christ will over throw with the breath of his mouth and destroy by the splendor
(Glory, Exo. 24:17) of His coming.
Isaiah 33:11 Your breath is a fire that consumes you.
:12 The people will be burned as if to lime. (It doesn’t say alive.)
:14 The sinners in Zion are terrified; trembling grips the godless:
Who of us can dwell with the consuming fire?
:15 He who walks righteously…
:16 This is the man who will..
Revelation 21:11 Then I saw a new heaven and a new earth.
21:3 Now the dwelling of God is with men, and He will live with them.
When a light is turned on in a dark room, where does the darkness go? It ceases to exist; it is overcome, consumed, devoured by the light, until you turn the light off again.
The good news is the King of Light will come and live on earth for eternity, and the Prince of Darkness, all sinners and every living organism in this sin filled planet will cease to exist.
After Satan, his angels and the Lost confess, Romans 14:11, Philippians 2:10, they get off their knees their character has not changed because with Satan “They march across the breadth of the earth and surrounded the camp of God’s People” Revelation 20: 9. Satan will deceive them, telling them something like, they have a right or the power to enter the New Jerusalem. They will start marching across earth and while they are marching day and night, Revelation 20:10, they will be tormented in their minds about what God has shown them. They recall the past and are angry with those who have deceived them and they will attack them. Revelation 14:20 This will take days and the blood will rise as high as the horses’ bridles for a distance of 300 kilometers. Revelation 14:20. During this time “they will be tormented day and night forever and ever.” Revelation 20:10 They will be tormented in their minds (mental torture) as they think over and relive what God has showed them about their lives.
Revelation 20:7 When the thousand years are over, Satan will be released 8) from his prison and will go to deceive the nations in the four corners of the earth…Gog and Magog….to gather them for battle. In number they are like the sand on the seashore. 9) They march across the breath of the earth and surrounded the camp of God’s People, the city He loves, (Revelation 21:2 The Holy City, the New Jerusalem) but fire came down from heaven and devoured them.
Revelation 14:20 They were trampled in the winepress outside the city, and blood flowed out of the press, rising as high as the horses’ bridles for a distance of 300 kilometers.
Many are killed around the “City” and at this time, out of mercy, God the Father, will fully expose himself, allowing His splendor, His light, His glory to destroy, devour, and quickly put to death, (the second death) His lost children, who have bowed and acknowledge their guilt but do not repent, just as he will do at his Second Coming,
2 Thessalonians 2:8, thus proving His character in dealing with the Lost, after the close of probation, does not change from the Second Coming to the Third Coming.
2 Thessalonians 2:8 The Man of Lawlessness: And then the Lawless one will be revealed,
whom Christ will overthrow with the breath of his mouth and destroy by the splendor
(Glory Exo. 24:17) of His coming.
Zephaniah 1:18 The Great Day of God: In the fire of his jealousy the whole world will be consumed, for he will make a sudden end of all who live in the earth.
Lamentations 4: 6 The punishment of my people is greater than that of Sodom, which was overthrown in a moment (instantly) without a hand turned to help her.
2 Peter 2: 6 If he condemned the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah by burning them to ashes, and made them an example of what is going to happen to the ungodly.
Jude 5 Though you already know all this, I want to remind you that God delivered his people out of Egypt, but later destroyed those who did not believe. 6) And the angels who did not keep their positions of authority but abandoned their own home, these he has kept in darkness, bound with everlasting chains for judgment on the great Day. 7) In a similar way, Sodom and Gomorrah and the surrounding towns gave themselves up to sexual immorality and perversion. They serve as an example of those who suffer the punishment of eternal fire.(The fire is not burning now. Excavation of Sodom and Gomorrah has revealed that there in not a living organism there. All sin was burnt out, the same will happen when God recreates this world to restore it to what it was like before sin.)
This is the scene at Christ’s Second Coming and He will put the Lost to death quickly.
This is consistent with God’s character and He will do the same at the Third Coming.
God takes no pleasure in death, Ezekiel 33:11 and that’s why He will never torture anyone but he will put them to death quickly. The wicked will suffer but God will not physically burn them alive. The torment, suffering, torture will be brought on by themselves in their mind, recalling and reliving past experiences. The more sins they have committed, the more they will recall and the more and longer they will suffer; thus Satan, who has sinned the most, will be the last to die.
Matthew 5:44 Christ said: “Love your enemies and pray for those who persecute you.”
Luke 23:24 Christ said: “Father forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.”
You can’t love your enemies and still torture them. God loves His enemies, the Lost, because He created them, they are still His children. God wants people to worship Him, which is defined by the Canadian Oxford dictionary as:
1) homage or reverence 2) adoration or devotion 3) honor and respect.
Isaiah 28:21 God will rise up…to do his work, his strange work, and perform his task, his alien task. 22) Now stop your mocking, or your chains will become heavier; God has told me of the destruction decreed against the whole land.
God’s strange work, his alien
task, Isaiah 28:21, is His putting to death, the second death, the
people He created. His character will never permit Him to torture anyone.
Ezekiel 18:32 For I take no pleasure in the death of anyone, declares the Sovereign God. Repent and live!
1 John 1:5 God is Light.
When God, the Father, comes to earth, darkness, sin and sinners will be devoured and disappear. Eternally separated from God, the Lost will cease to exist, just as darkness disappears when you turn on a light in a dark room.
The Bible gives the true definition of: “the fiery lake of burning sulfur is the second death.” Revelation 20:14 + 21:8; not eternal torture.
Revelation 20:14 Then death and Hades were thrown into the lake of fire. The lake of fire is the second death. (Not eternal torture)
Revelation 21:7 He who overcomes will inherit all this, and I will be his God and he will be my son. 8) But the cowardly, the unbelieving, the vile, the murderers, the sexually immoral, those who practice magic arts, the idolaters and all liars, there place will be in the fiery lake of burning sulfur.
This is the second death.
After God puts the Lost to death quickly, then they and the whole earth will be cleansed by fire so that there is not a trace of this old sin-filled earth left. Then God will create a new heaven and a new earth.
Revelation 21:1 Then I saw a new heaven and a new earth, for the first heaven and the first earth had passed away, and there was no longer any sea. 5) He who was seated on the throne said,
“I am making everything new!”
Ezekiel 33:11 Say to them, ‘As surely as I live, declares the Sovereign God, I take no pleasure in the death of the wicked, but rather that they turn from their ways and live. Turn! Turn from your evil ways and live! Why will you die, O house of Israel?’
After God mercifully and quickly puts his wicked children to death, the second death, He will then physically burn every living organism to ashes, Malachi 4:3 and recreate a new heaven and a new earth. Our lost sons, daughters, brothers, sisters will not be tormented or tortured by the burning of their flesh while they are still alive, by our merciful Father as Satan would have us believe. The consequence of sin is death, not torture.
Malachi 4:1 The Day of God “Surely the day is coming; it (earth and all in it) will burn like a furnace. All the arrogant and every evildoer will be stubble, (the Lost do not live on in a so called Hell) and that day that is coming will set them on fire,” (after they are put to death, the second death) says God Almighty. “Not a root or a branch will be left to them. 2) But for you who revere my name, the sun of righteousness will rise with healing in its wings. And you will go out and leap like calves released from the stall. 3) Then you (the Saved) will trample down the wicked; they will be ashes under the soles of your feet on the day when I do these things,” (When God recreates this world and makes all things new) says God Almighty.
There will be no physical flesh burning of His living disobedient children, not even Satan; there is no Biblical evidence that God will physically burn the Lost, only a permanent separation from them.
This is sound doctrine, because it is consistent with God’s character.
Revelation 13:13 Satan’s fire final deception will be a small physical fire. 2nd Coming
20:9 God’s fire true doctrine will be His Glory, His Light. 2nd and 3rd Coming
Lake of fire final cleansing will be global physical fire. 3rd Coming
If I am wrong in my belief that God will devour, put to death, the Lost by His Glory, if God uses physical fire or some other method, I still believe that the death of my lost children, brothers and sisters will be an instantaneous death, and merciful, consistent with His character.
Revelation 21:8 (The Lost) “their place will be in the fiery lake of burning sulfur. This is the second death.” (This verse shows no living person in the fiery lake.)
Revelation 13:13 And he performed great and miraculous signs, even causing fire to come down from heaven to earth in full view of men. 14) Because of the signs he was given power to do on behalf of the first beast he deceived the inhabitants of the earth.”
We must understand Satan’s final deception that deceives the inhabitants of the earth. We must show the world God’s True Character in regards to the destruction of the lost. We must warn the inhabitants of the earth of this final deception.
7.3
God Vindicated
The purpose of this section is to vindicate God’s character.
How many true God loving and God fearing Christians believe that God will throw the Lost, some of our friends, our children, parents, brothers and sisters, into the Lake of Fire, God’s fire that He brings down from heaven, either to burn them to death or to torture them forever? 95 percent believe one or the other and the other 4.999 percent don’t but they don’t have the answer either.
People’s beliefs in Hell are different. Satan knows this and will use these false beliefs to deceive people at the Second Coming. Revelation 13: 13 and 14. Biblical Hell does not exist now but will occur only at the Third Coming. Revelation 20: 9 and 10, when judgment is completed. It will be self-inflected mental torment of the Lost. God’s wrath is completed at the Second Coming; there is no wrath at the Third Coming. The “wages of sin is death” Romans 6:23 not torture. The Lost will be put to death but it will be quickly like they will be at the Second Coming; which is consistent with God’s Character. God is Love.
The bottom line is; God will not burn alive his children in the Lake of Fire!
8.
Life on the New Earth
8.1
Heaven Moves to Earth
After God destroys this sin filled earth and all the sinners, He will create a new environment and live here with the Saved. The Saved will live the way God intended Adam and Eve to in the Garden of Eden. Now they will have a country home and an apartment in the New Jerusalem where each Sabbath they will go and worship God. The Saved will have babies as well as the animals just as God planned for Adam and Eve “Be fruitful and increase in number” Genesis 1:28. They will play together and all will be vegetarians.
Revelation 21:1 The New Jerusalem: Then I saw a new heaven and a new earth, for the first heaven and the first earth had passed away, and there was no longer any sea. 2) I saw the Holy City, the New Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven from God, prepared as a bride beautifully dressed for her husband. 3) And I heard a voice from the throne saying, “Now the dwelling of God is with men, and he will live with them. They will be his people, and God himself will be with them and be their God. 4) He will wipe every tear from their eyes. There will be no more death or mourning or crying or pain, for the old order of things has passed away.” 5) He who was seated on the throne said, “I am making everything new!”
Genesis 1:28 God blessed them and said to them, “Be fruitful and increase in number; fill the earth and subdue it. Rule over the fish of the sea and the birds of the air and over every living creature that moves on the ground.”
Isaiah 11:6 The wolf will live with the lamb, the leopard will lie down with goat, the calf and the lion and the yearling together; and a little child will lead them. 7) The cow will feed with the bear, their young will lie down together, and the lion will eat straw like the ox. 8) The infant will play near the hole of the cobra, and the young child put his hand into the viper’s nest. 9) They will neither harm nor destroy on all my holy mountain, for the earth will be full of the knowledge of God as the waters cover the sea.
Isaiah 65:17 New Heavens and a New Earth: “Behold, I will create new heavens and a new earth. The former things will not be remembered, nor will they come to mind. 18) But be glad and rejoice forever in what I will create, for I will create Jerusalem to be a delight and its people a joy. 19) I will rejoice over Jerusalem and take delight in my people; the sound of weeping and of crying will be heard in it no more. 20) “Never again will there be in it an infant who lives but a few days, or an old man who does not live out his years; he who dies at a hundred will be considered accurse. (Isaiah is speaking figuratively here and is seeking to illustrate the fact of eternal life in heaven by earthly comparison.) 21) They will build houses and dwell in them; they will plant vineyards and eat their fruit. 22) No longer will they build houses and others live in them, or plant and others eat. For as the days of a tree, so will be the days of my people; my chosen ones will long enjoy the works of their hands. 23) They will not toll in vain or bear children doomed to misfortune; for they will be a people blessed by God, they and their descendants with them.24) Before they call I will answer; while they are still speaking I will hear. 25) The wolf and the lamb will feed together, and the lion will eat straw like the ox, but dust will be the serpent’s food. They will neither harm nor destroy on all my holy mountain,” says God.
Isaiah 66:22 Judgment and Hope: “As the new heavens and the new earth that I make will endure before me,” declares God, “so will your name and descendants endure. 23) From one New Moon to another and from one Sabbath to another all mankind will come and bow down before me,” says God (In the Garden of Eden God came to Adam and Eve every Sabbath, but on the New Earth we will go to the New Jerusalem to see God every Sabbath.)
John 14:2 In my Father’s house (New Jerusalem) are many rooms; if it were not so, I would have told you. I am going there to prepare a place for you. 3) And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come back and take you to be with me that you also may be where I am.
What a wonderful place this will be. I’m sure you want to be there. You can, eternal life is a free gift. All you have
to do is surrender your total being to God’s will every day and strive to do your best and you will be there.
8.2
Summary
One thousand years after the Second Coming Christ and the Saved will return to earth in the city called the New Jerusalem, The Lost will be raised from their graves where they have been sleeping. They will be shown how God has lead them to the truth of what was right and how to have eternal life. Every knee will bow in acknowledgement that God gave them every chance to live with Him eternally but they refused to follow His ways. However, even after their confession their character still does not change and Satan will deceive them into believing that they have a right and are able to take the New Jerusalem city. As the Lost march across the earth day and night they will recall and relive memories in their minds that will torment them. This is the Bible’s definition of “Hell”: self-infected torment, torture of one’s own mind. They will kill each other as they surround the city and blood will flow for miles. Out of mercy God will put them to death quickly and then burn their dead bodies to ashes. God will then recreate the earth and move His headquarters from heaven to earth and live here forever with the Saved. Everyone will live happily ever after.
9.
The Second Coming
9.1
How Soon is Soon
(Note: the following was written in 1998)
The Bible tells us when the Second Coming of Christ will be, but not the hour or the day. Watch for these signs.
1 Thessalonians 5:3 While people (all over the world) are saying “Peace and safety,” destruction will come on them suddenly.
· When the United Nations changes its policies from a peacekeeping force to a police
force.
· When Israel and Palestine have a peace agreement and the trouble in Ireland is settled,
and also the trouble in North Korea and Africa, etc.
· When Religious leaders of the world are cooperating.
· Then …. “destruction will come on them suddenly.”
· United Nations will provide Safety.
· Jews and Palestinians (Moslems) will have Peace.
· Protestants and Catholics (Ireland) will have Peace.
Notice that the above, Jews, Moslems, Protestants and Catholics all use parts of the Bible and believe in God.
· Then…. Sudden destruction! The ecological destruction of the first 4 Trumpets of
Revelation 8: 6~12.
The sequence of events for the last 1335 days of earth before the Second Coming will be:
1st the start of the Earth’s “close of probation” will be at the first trumpet
2nd the end of the earth’s probation will be at the seventh trumpet
3rd the seven last plagues
4th the Second Coming.
Matthew 24:15 So when you see standing in the holy place ‘the abomination that causes desolation’ spoken of through the prophet Daniel; let the reader understand; 16) then let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains. 17) Let no one on the roof of his house go down to take anything out of the house. 18) Let no one in the field go back to get his cloak.
Here Christ Himself has given everyone a command to study and understand the book of Daniel especially as it pertains to the end time events. It also looks like there will be no safety in cities for true Christians; they must “flee to the mountains”, Matthew 24:16. People will have to “flee to the mountains” twice; the first time will be for the people who are living near the coast. They will have to get to higher ground to escape the second trumpet, the tidal waves that will destroy coastal cities. Matthew 24:15-18 is the main reason why I think the four trumpets will come within days of each other. So when you see the first trumpet we must “flee to the mountains” because the second trumpet will follow immediately after it. My educated guess is that OMIT The Spiritual Leader of the World (SLW) will be elected within 45 days of the first trumpet, because it fits the time frame of Daniel 12: 7, 11+12. The second reason to “flee to the mountains” is to escape from the sixth trumpets death decree, Revelation 9: 13-15.
Daniel 12:1 The End Times: At that time (end time) Michael, the great prince who protects your people, will arise. There will be a time of distress such as has not happened from the beginning of nations until then. (7 Last Plagues) But at that time your people, everyone whose name is found written in the book, will be delivered. 2) Multitudes who sleep (where?) in the dust of the earth will awake; some (the Saved) to everlasting life, (First Resurrection) others (the Lost) to shame and everlasting contempt… (Second Resurrection) 6) …How long…7) “It will be for a time, times and half a time (3 ½ years or 1260 days Jewish calendar, 30 days in a month).When the power of the holy people has been finally broken, all these things will be completed. 8) I heard, but I did not understand. So I asked, “My God, what will the outcome of all this be?” 9) He replied, “Go your way, Daniel, because the words are closed up and sealed (the words won’t be understood) until the time of the end. 10) Many will be purified, made spotless and refined, (7 Trumpets) but the wicked will continue to be wicked. None of the wicked will understand, but those who are wise (the sons of the Light) will understand. (Now, we will understand.) 11) “From the time that the daily sacrifice is abolished and the abomination that causes desolation is set up, (God’s laws replaced with man’s) there will be 1290 days. 12) Blessed is the one who waits for and reaches the end of the 1,335 days. 13) “As for you (Daniel), go your way till the end(you die). You will rest(sleep, not in heaven),and then at the end of the days (Second Coming) you will rise to receive your allotted inheritance (eternal life).
Daniel chapter 12’s 1260, 1290 and 1335 days are literal and they start at the first trumpet and the Second Coming is at the end of the 1335 days. No one can wait for 1335 prophetic days, which is 1335 literal years. Daniel 12: 12 “Blessed is the one who waits for and reaches the end of the 1335 days.” It’s not symbolic because Adam and Eve have been waiting in their graves for 5000 years already.
When will the first trumpet be?…………. Shortly after people are saying “Peace and safety”.
What does “Many will be purified, made spotless and refined” Daniel 12:10, mean? This is a period of time
(7 Trumpets) when God’s children will have to go into a fire of trials and tribulations to refine their character and be purified like gold, Revelation 3:18.
Revelation 3:18 I counsel you to buy from me gold refined in the fire, so you can become rich; and white clothes to wear, so you can cover your shameful nakedness; and salve to put on your eyes, so you can see.
Luke 21:32 Signs of the End of the Age Christ said: “I tell you the truth, this generation will certainly not pass away until all these things have happened.”
A generation is usually defined as 20 years, so the 1335 days, a little less than 4 years, makes Daniel’s prophecy accurate. When will that be?
Matthew 24:20 Christ said, “to pray that your flight be not in the winter neither on the Sabbath day”.
So for the world not to have winter in both the northern and southern hemispheres, that would leave only spring and fall for the Second Coming, because if it’s summer in the north then it’s winter in the south and vice versa.
Revelation 1:7 Look, he is coming with the clouds, and every eye will see Him.
Job 9:9 He is the Maker of the Bear and Orion.
Orion can only be seen by both hemispheres in the spring and the fall. Some people say that God will come from heaven through Orion. Scriptural records have proved that Christ was born (His First Coming) in the fall. Knowing that God is a God of order, Revelation 21:4, we can make an educated assumption that the Second Coming will be patterned after his First Coming; which maybe the same day Christ was born.
Revelation 21:4 He will wipe every tear from their eyes. There will be no more death or mourning or crying or pain, for the old order of things has passed away.”
Revelation 1:7 Look, he is coming with the
clouds, and every eye will see him,
For every eye will see him, Revelation 1:7, then it has to be when Orion is
seen in both hemispheres? Orion can only be seen by man’s eye at night,
however; the brightness of Christ Coming will be seen by every eye literally.
Or Based on the Biblical research done by Michael
Scheifler (see appendix “D”) Christ was born
on the 15th day of the month of Tishri, on the first day of the Feast of
Tabernacles, which corresponds to the October 1 ‘Time Frame’ of our
present calendar.
If so, then if we count backwards from October 1, 1335 days then we would be at the first trumpet. This would be February 3rd.
So prior to February 3 of every year to follow, we should be listening for the people to say “Peace and Safety”.
As Michael Scheifler states; it is also interesting to note the Tabernacles was a feast in gathering of the Harvest (Exodus 23:16 and 34:22). If Christ' first coming was indeed on 15 Tishri, the first day of Tabernacles, then it is quite reasonable to presume that the harvest of this earth, the ingathering of the Second Coming of Christ, will also occur on precisely the same date. The unknown factor would be the year that this would happen.
John 14:29 Christ said, “I have told you now before it happens, so that when it does happen you will believe.”
1 Thessalonians 5:4 But you, brothers, are not in darkness so that this day should surprise you like a thief.
5) You are all sons of the light and sons of the day. We do not belong to the night or to the darkness.
6) So then, let us not be like others, who are asleep, but let us be alert and self-controlled.
So from this we will be able to know when the Second Coming of Christ will be. We won’t know until the start of the close of probation. Only the Children of God, the wise, Daniel 12:10, will understand and they will warn the world.
The bottom line is that if we are not sealed, fully committed to God now, then we’d better surrender very soon or else we won’t be going to heaven. We must develop a strong habit of trusting God now, for in the time of trouble, Satan’s delusions will be much stronger and the weak will be deceived. The Second Coming’s date really doesn’t matter but we, the wise will understand, Daniel 12:10, and know when it will come.
However, as faithful children of God, we must:
2 Timothy 4:2 Preach the Word; be prepared in season and out of season; correct, rebuke, and encourage, with great patience and careful instruction. 3) For time will come when men will not put up with sound doctrine.
1 Thessalonians 5:21 Test everything. Hold to the good.”
A.
Questions and Answers on the Second Death.
Q--What is the Second Death?
Q--What is Death and Hades?
Revelation 20:14 Then (Third Coming) death and Hades were thrown into the lake of fire.
The lake of fire is the second death. (The first death is your natural death.)
Death, the dead bodies of the Lost, and Hades, (the grave (Greek) there will be no more death, therefore; there will be no need for any graves) are thrown into the lake of fire, physical fire that will cleanse the earth of sin for eternity; therefore, the second death is eternal separation from God.
There will be a select group of the Lost who will be raised from the dead at the Second Coming.
They will die three times.
Revelation 1:7 Look, he is coming with the clouds, and every eye will see him, even those who pierced him.
The people who pierced Christ, (killed Christ on the cross) will die a third death. They will be brought back to life at the Second Coming and then die a second death after they see Christ Second Coming and then after the 2nd resurrection they will die a third death which is called the Second Death. Therefore the term “Second Death” generally refers to physical death but essentially it means eternal separation from God.
Q--In the Old Testament God killed people by physical fire why not at the second death too?
This was the first death and God had to play by the rules of this sin filled earth with Satan as the Prince of this world. After the close of probation there will be only God’s rules.
Revelation 11:15 The kingdom of the world has become the kingdom of our God,
:17 you have taken your great power and have begun to reign.”
John 12:31 Now is the time for judgment of this world; now the prince of this world (Satan) will be driven out.
Q--Does Hell exist now as a place of where people are being tortured by fire?
No. Many people argue about this and the answer is simple. A Bible study on Judgment will show that Hell does not exist now because the Judgment is in the future. Christ’ reward is also in the future, Revelation 22:12 “Behold, I am coming soon! My reward is with me,” therefore how can people go to Heaven or Hell when they die if they have not been judged yet?
Q--Are the Lost alive or dead when they are thrown into the lake of fire?
Q--Does God burn alive the flesh of His children forever and ever or until they are dead?
When reading Revelation 20: 10 + 15 you would think the Lost are burnt to death in a lake of fire.
Revelation 20:10 And the devil, who deceived them was thrown into the lake of burning sulfur, where the beast and the false prophet had been thrown. They will be tormented day and night forever and ever. 15) If anyone’s name was not found written in the book of life, he was thrown into the lake of fire.
The answer is no, God will not burn anyone alive on Executive Judgment Day, at the Third Coming. All doctrine has to be consistent with God’s Character. God’s wrath is complete at the Second Coming. At the Third Coming there is no wrath; just execution of judgment. “For the wages of sin is death. Romans 6:23, (not torture) which is the second death.
1 John 4:8 God is love.
1 Corinthians 13:4 Love is patient and kind.
Malachi 3:6 I God do not change.
John 10:30 I and the Father are one.
Think about it; if a loving earthly father had to put his child to death would he burn the child or choose the fastest way possible no matter how bad the child was?
Q--What does “tormented day and night forever” mean?
Look up the definition of torment in the Canadian Oxford Dictionary and you will find that it says “torture” but the first definition states “severe physical or mental suffering; anguish (was in torment). In my Chinese dictionary it states: “to recall and relive something terrible in your mind.” This will happen after the lost have confessed and start marching towards the New Jerusalem’ Revelation 20: 9. Their torment will be self-inflicted.
Q--Is the Lake of Fire symbolic or physical?
It is both.
You have to define “fire”; “fire from heaven” Revelation 20:9 or “the lake of fire”
Revelation 20: 14 which is “the fiery lake of burning sulfur”, Revelation 21:8.
Symbolically
1 John 1:5 God is Light; in Him there is no darkness at all.
2 Thessalonians 2:8 Christ will over throw with the breath of his mouth and destroy by the splendor of his coming.
Isaiah 33: 11 Your (God’s) breath is a fire that consumes you. 12) The people will be burned up as if to lime. 14) The sinners in Zion are terrified, trembling grips the godless: ‘who of us can dwell with the consuming fire? 15) He who walks righteously...16) This is the man who will.’
Job 4:3 By the breath of God they perish.
Physically
Jude 7 Sodom and Gomorrah....They serve as an example of those who suffer the punishment of eternal fire.
Archeologists have found some of the ruins of Sodom and there are no living organisms there. God will burn all traces of sin from this planet in the Lake of Fire, which will be the whole earth burning up similar to how He cleansed the earth with the flood.
God is Eternal Light and He is Eternal Fire. God will put to death the lost quickly by His splendor,
2 Thessalonians 2: 8, and then physically consume their bodies and the sin filled earth with fire.
Q--What is Biblical burning sulfur?
It could be literal burning sulfur, symbolic or both.
Isaiah 30:33 The breath of God, like a stream of burning sulfur sets it ablaze. (Symbolic)
God destroyed everything by water the first time, the second time it will be by fire.
The whole world will be flooded by fire.
Q--Did sin kill Christ?
No, Christ died for sinners but sin did not kill Him. Christ died the second death, for the Saved, which is eternal separation from God. God allowed a cloud of darkness to hide Himself from Christ and Christ thought that He was truly never going to see the Father again.
Matthew 27:46 My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?
And thus He died of a broken heart, a massive heart attack, John 19: 34, out of love for God.
John 19:34 Instead, one of the soldiers pierced Christ side with a spear,
bringing a sudden flow of blood and water.
Q--Will the lost die the same way as Christ did?
No. Christ died of a broken heart, John 19: 34, because he loved God so much and thought that he was going to be
eternally separated from Him. The lost do not have this type of love. They will kneel down and confess that God
showed them the right way (Romans 14:11 Phil. 2: 10) but their characters do not change. Evidence of this is the
fact that they are put to death. Revelation 20:9 They march across the breath of the earth and surrounded the camp
of God’s people. As they marched day and night they will be tormented in their minds about the things God had
shown them before they bowed down and confessed.
Revelation 20:7 When the thousand years are over, Satan will be released from his prison 8) and will go out to deceive the nations in the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them for battle. In number they are like the sand on the seashore. 9) They marched across the breadth of the earth and surrounded the camp of God’s people, the city he loves. But fire came down from heaven and devoured them. 10) And the devil, who deceived them, was thrown into the lake of burning sulfur, where the beast and the false prophet had been thrown. They will be tormented day and night forever and ever.
Satan also deceived the Lost into believing that they could enter the city, the New Jerusalem, by force.
The Lost went to kill the people that deceived them. Revelation 14:20
Revelation 14:20 “They were trampled in the winepress outside the city, and blood flowed out of the press, rising as high as the horses bridles for a distance of 300 kilometers.”
The Lost do not die from a broken heart as Christ did.
Q--Is everyone’s deepest desire to be like Christ?
No. Matthew 18:3. God gave everyone the freedom of choice and the Holy Spirit has shown them the truth.
(Phil. 2: 10) The Lost have no desire to be like Christ, they are like Satan, they want to be a god and do what they want and not what Christ wants.
Matthew 18:3 And he (Christ) said: “I tell you the truth, unless you change and become like little children, you will never enter the kingdom of heaven.”
Unless you have the faith in God like the faith that a three year-old child has in his/her parents,
100 percent trust, you will always be like most teenagers, they think they know more than their
parents, they think they know what’s best for them and want to do things their way.
Q--Is the Second Death a Natural Result or Imposed Penalty?
Both. A natural result because of the freedom of choice, the result is the penalty.
Q--What is God’s Wrath?
God’s wrath is His withdrawing of some of His protection from the consequences of sin. Revelation 9:1-6. Keys to the Abyss are given to Satan to release all the fallen angels. God is will allow sin to fully develop during the seven trumpets and the seven plagues. Satan causes all of these plagues. But even then God's merciful protection is still not totally withdrawn. He protects His children.
Q--What is the “Full Wrath of God?”
The “FULL wrath of God” is the Seven Last Plagues.
Revelation 15:1 I saw in heaven another great and marvelous sign: seven angels with
the seven last plagues last because with them God’s wrath is completed.
The “wrath of God” is God withdrawing His protection from earth allowing sin and Satan to be fully exposed which results in the time of trouble.
Q--Are the Devil, the Beast and the False Prophet in Revelation 20:10 people or systems?
Is doesn’t matter, it could be both; the important issue is that this verse gives the majority of people the wrong impression that God burns people alive. The real issue is the words torment and forever as I have explained.
Q--Will some people be tormented longer than others will?
Q--Shouldn’t Hitler and Satan be punished worse than others?
Q--Will Satan live on after all other sinners have died?
Sin is sin, big or small, a few or many, a short time or a long time. The torment the Lost will receive is self-inflected and depends on how long it will take to recall all of their sins. The wages of sin is death not torture. The same can be said for the person who gave his heart to God when he was 20 and the 80 year old man, who on his death bed gave his heart to God. The reward is the same for all. Punishment is the same for all. Read the parable of the Workers in the Vineyard, Matthew 20: 1- 16
Death, eternal separation from Heaven, is God’s justice. Human justice is not so merciful. There is no benefit, no justice in torture. Do you believe that Christ would say “Obey me or I will torment you for an appropriate amount of time”?
Satan will be tormented longer only because he will have had 1000 years longer to think about what is to come to him.
Revelation 20:3 After that, he (Satan) must be free for a short time.
Q--How long is a short time?
Revelation 20:10 They will be tormented day and night
A few days at most while they are marching to the city of God, Revelation 20: 9.
Q--What is the worst punishment God can give a person?
Q-- Romans 12:9 Vengeance is mine; I will repay, said God.
According to Revelation 8: 13 “Woe! Woe! Woe to the inhabitants of the earth,” the first 4 woes were bad ecological disasters but each of the following will be worse. The 5th trumpet is torture like that of Job. This torture is from Satan and his fallen angels not God. The 6th trumpet is a dead decree like that of Queen Ester’s time. Then there are the Seven Last Plagues. The worst punishment God gives will be the 7th trumpet. It is the close of probation and the eternal separation from God.
Q--What is the weight of sin?
For the righteous, the Saved, it is the feeling of not feeling worthy to live with God because of their sinful nature. For the unrighteous, the Lost, it is the feeling of knowing right from wrong but they blame others and not themselves.
Q--When a wicked man repents, will he mourn forever over lost souls he has caused?
No! God gave everyone the freedom of choice. Also, humans are not the Lost’s savior, humans are not ultimately responsible for other humans’ guidance, our Creator is. Our Creator has a million ways to lead the lost to Him. The ultimate choice is up to the individual to follow our Creator’s guiding or not. None of us are ultimately responsible for anyone else. We are and have tried to do our best but that’s all we can do. Yes we will cry and mourn over the lost just as God will but the time of mourning will end.
Revelation 21:4 He will wipe every tear from their eyes. There will be no more death or mourning or crying or pain, for the old order of things has passed away.
Q--Will God burn the flesh of His children until they are dead?
Nowhere in scripture will you find that God will actually burn the flesh while the lost are alive. It maybe implied but there is more than one way to look at these implications. First, stick to the Biblical text, God is Love and Just. Justice is a quick death and eternal separation from God not a slow death torture and eternal separation. God’s wrath is complete at the seven last plagues. The mental torture that the Lost suffer at the Third Coming is self-inflected and not caused by God.
Q--Will God’s glory consume sin from the sinner from within?
Q--Will the wicked beg for mercy?
Q--Does sin kill the Sinner?
No. Sin is the result of the Sinners choice. At a person’s death or at the close of probation, everyone will have made their choice. God will show the Lost facts; their life choices. The Lost will bow down and confess that Christ was right, but they will not change their choice. There is no ‘second’ chance after the close of probation. God won’t torture people to get them to confess. God tortures no one! However, God will carry out the Judgment, which is eternal separation from Him.
Q-- Is there a purgatory?
Q-- Is there a place where people go after they die and before they are judged?
No. There is no sound Biblical evidence for this. In Christ’ parable in Luke 16: 19-31 of the Rich Man and Lazarus He continues the lesson of the Dishonest Steward Luke 16: 1 – 12. It shows that destiny is decided in this present life by the use made of its privileges and opportunities. The “certain rich man” represents all men who make a wrong use of life’s opportunities. Two principles of Biblical interpretation are usually violated if this parable is interpreted literally namely; each parable is designed to teach one fundamental truth and it is not wise to use the details of a parable to teach doctrine.
B.
Problems with Millennium Life
There are a few who believe that at the Second Coming Christ will live here on earth for 1000 years, with all of the Saved plus the Unsaved that are living at that time. They will show you a few texts which seem to confirm their belief; however, due to the overwhelming number of other texts that point to the non-existence of life on earth during the millennium those texts must be taken out of context. These texts must be examined to determine their true meaning. We will look at a few of these texts at the end of this topic. The only way to have sound doctrine is to study scripture in the context of its significance for the church during the time frame intended and using the whole Bible on one subject. No study on the millennium is worth anything without an explanation of Revelation 19 and 20, which is the only place in the Bible that addresses this subject directly.
B.1
No Second Chance
Every person ever born on this planet will be judged on what they have done during their life on earth prior to the Second Coming of Christ. Our Creator influences everyone to know right from wrong and will not give anyone a second chance to receive the free gift of eternal life.
Matthew 16:27 For the son of Man is going to come in his Father’s glory with his angels, and then he will reward each person according to what he has done. (past tense)
Revelation 22:11 Let him who does wrong continue to do wrong; let him who is vile continue to be vile; let him who does right continue to do right; and let him who is holy continue to be holy. 12) Behold, I am coming soon! My reward is with me, and I will give to everyone according to what he has done. (The time frame is at the Second Coming.)
Hebrews 9:27 Just as man is destined to die once, and after that to face judgment.
Matthew 24:14 Signs of the End of the Age: And the gospel of the kingdom will be preached to the whole world as a testimony to all nations, and then the end will come. (Prior to the Second Coming everyone living at that time will know the truth; thus there is no need for them to have a second chance.)
2 Thessalonians 2:3 The Man of Lawlessness: Don’t let anyone deceive you in any way, for that day (Second Coming) will not come until the rebellion occurs and the man of lawlessness (the Beast) is revealed, (truth is revealed to the whole world) the man doomed to destruction. (Not to continue living on earth with Christ.)
Revelation 19:20 But the beast was captured, and with him the false prophet who had performed the miraculous signs on his behalf. With these signs he had deluded those who had received the mark of the beast and worshiped his image. The two of them were thrown alive into the fiery lake of burning sulfur. (The time frame is the Second Coming) 21) The rest of them were killed with the sword that came out of the mouth of the rider on the horse, (Christ) and all the birds gorged themselves on their flesh. (The people living at the end of the world will know the truth and they will reject it.)
Psalms 19:1 The heavens declare the glory of God; the skies proclaim the work of his hands. 2) Day after day they pour forth speech; night after night they display knowledge. 3) There is no speech or language where their voice is not heard. 4) Their voice goes out into all the earth, their words to the ends of the world.
Romans 2:12 God’s Righteous Judgment: All who sin apart from the law (Gentiles; all who have not heard of Christ or the Bible) will also perish apart from the law, and all who sin under the law (Jews and Christians) will be judged by the law. 13) For it is not those who hear the law who are righteous in God’s sight, but it is those who obey the law who will be declared righteous. 14) Indeed, when Gentiles, who do not have the law, do by nature things required by the law, they are a law for themselves, even though they do not have the law, 15) since they show that the requirements of the law are written on their hearts, their consciences also bearing witness, and their thoughts now accusing, now even defending them. 16) This will take place on the day (future) when God will judge men’s secrets through Christ, as my gospel declares.
Gentiles, those who have not heard of the Bible or Christ, are judged by their consciences, and what they have done during their life time; thus, there is no second chance.
Romans 1:18 The wrath of God is being revealed from heaven against all the godlessness and wickedness of men who suppress the truth by their wickedness, 19) since what may be know about God is plain to them, because God has made it plain to them. 20) For since the creation of the world God’s invisible qualities , his eternal power and divine nature , have been clearly seen, being understood from what has been made, so the men are without excuse. (All men, not just “men who suppress the truth”.)
Verse 20 says it all. There is no second chance at the Second Coming or any other time after death or the Second Coming.
Isaiah 26:9 When your judgments come upon the earth, the people of the world learn righteousness. 10) Though grace is shown to the wicked, they do not learn righteousness; even in a land of uprightness they go on doing evil and regard not the majesty of God.
Isaiah 30:21 Whether you turn to the right or to the left, your ears will hear a voice (the Holy Spirit) behind you, saying, “This is the way; walk in it.”
God show’s all inhabitants in the world the right way, but the wick refuses His ways.
From the above few texts, and there are many more, it is very plain to see that every living person ever born on this planet has been shown God’s grace, His plan of salvation, the truth and the way to have eternal life. There will not be another chance after the person dies or another chance for those who are alive at the Second Coming of Christ, to choose the right way.
B.2
Sanctuary Service Ends
The sanctuary service on earth was a type of the heavenly sanctuary service which takes away sin. The earthly sanctuary service ended when Christ, the Lamb of God, died on the cross, Luke 23:45. The heavenly sanctuary service does not end until the close of probation, which is the seventh trumpet, just prior to the Second Coming, Revelation 11: 15 + 19. After which there will be no more forgiveness of sin, Revelation 22:11, because judgment has finished. Christ comes with his reward, eternal life, and will give to everyone according to what he has done, Revelation 22: 12, past tense, no second chance. The sanctuary service ends just prior to the Second Coming.
Luke 23:45 Christ’ Death: And the curtain of the temple was torn in two. (The Most Holy Place came into the view of all, which means the sanctuary service ended.) 46) Christ called out with a loud voice, “Father, into your hands I commit my spirit.”
Revelation 11:15 The Seventh Trumpet: The seventh angel sounded his trumpet, and there were loud voices in heaven, which said: “the kingdom of the world has become the kingdom of our God and of His Christ, and he will reign for ever and ever. …19) Then God’s temple in heaven was open and within his temple was seen the ark of his covenant. (The end of the sanctuary service in heaven; no more intercession for people. No more chances to repent.)
Revelation 22:11 Let him who does wrong continue to do wrong; let him who is vile continue to be vile; let him who does right continue to do right; and let him who is holy continue to be holy. 12) Behold, I am coming soon. My reward is with me, and I will give (future, when He comes) to everyone according to what he had done. (past tense)
Revelation 21:3 The New Jerusalem “Now (After the millennium and after the Third Coming) the dwelling of God is with men, and he will live with them. (He will not live on earth during the millennium.) 4) He will wipe every tear from their eyes. There will be no more death or mourning or crying or pain, for the old order of things has passed away.
Revelation 21:22 I did not see a temple in the city, because God Almighty and the Lamb are its temple.
God will live on the earth, Revelation 21: 3 but there will be no temple for the forgiveness of sin, Revelation 21: 22, because there will never be anymore sin, Revelation 21: 4.
B.3
Saved Go ~ Lost Stay
Christ states that the Saved will “follow him” to heaven, John 13:36. The context is speaking of Christ going to heaven not to the grave. This is confirmed immediately in John14:1-4; 17:24. Christ goes to his Father’s house, which is the New Jerusalem, John 14: 1, and the New Jerusalem will be coming down out of heaven, Revelation 21:2, with all the Saved in their rooms of their Fathers house.
John 13:36 Simon Peter asked him, “YeHoshuVaH, where are you going?” Christ replied, “Where I am going, (to heaven) you cannot follow now, but you will follow later.
John 14:1 Christ said: “Do not let your hearts be troubled. Trust in God; trust also in me. 2) In my Father’s house (in heaven) are many rooms; if it were not so, I would have told you. I am going there to prepare a place for you. (in heaven) 3) And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come back and take you (not stay with you on earth) to be with me that you also may be where I am.” (Christ is presently in heaven.)
John 17:24 “Father, I want those you have given me to be with me where I am, (in heaven.)
Revelation 21:2 I saw the Holy City, the New Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven from God
The Bible talks about “the harvest of the earth”, Revelation 14:14; “Meeting God in the air”, 1 Thessalonians 4:17; Christ said he “will take you to be with me”, John 14:3, “the sheep and the goats, gathered and separated,”
Matthew 25:31. All these indicate that at the Second Coming there will be a gathering of the saints which implies that they will me moved to another place. The obvious place would be heaven and not remain on earth. Your reward is “in heaven”, not on this earth, Matthew 6:1; Luke 6:22 – 23.
Other points are:
- The Lost will go away to eternal punishment at the Second Coming. Matthew 25: 31 - 46.
- Christ will shut out the Lost from his presence at the Second Coming. 2 Thessalonians 1: 6-10
- At the Second Coming the Saved are clothed with imperishable, immortality, and the Lost are clothed with perishable, 1 Corinthians 15:51
- God is a God of order, 1Cor 14:40. He created earth in six days and rested one day. He said that the land should be worked for six years and then it was to rest for one year. By the Second Coming the earth will have been here 6000 years, therefore it stands to reason as God is a God of order that the earth would rest (no life) for 1000 years, Revelation 20: 5.
- After the millennium (1000 years after the Second Coming) the Lost over the previous 6000 years before the Second Coming will be raised and they will march across the face of the earth to the New Jerusalem but they will be destroyed. Revelation 20: 4-6 They will not have a second chance or a chance to live with Christ like the Lost who are alive at the Second Coming. This is not Biblical or reasonable.
Sinners cannot live in the presents of God, who is a consuming fire to them. Isaiah 33: 14.
B.4
Few Saved
Everyone living, during the Second Coming, will know the truth but only a few will love and follow it.
Matthew 24:12 Because of the increase of wickedness, the love of most (the majority) will grow cold, 13) but he who stands firm to the end will be saved.
Matthew 7:13 The Narrow and Wide Gates “Enter through the narrow gate. For wide is the gate and road is the road that leads to destruction, and many enter through it. 14) But small is the gate and narrow the road that leads to life, and only a few find it. (Only a few fully surrendered Christians will remain loyal to God.)
Matthew 22:14 Christ stated: “For many are invited, but few are chosen.”
There are no Biblical texts that state that people will be given a second chance which will result in the majority being saved.
B.5
Everything Destroyed
The earth will be without life during the millennium. All living creatures are destroyed at Second Coming.
See above ~ 5.3, “Death at the Second Coming”.
B.6
Immortal and Mortal Living Together
But giving them the benefit of the doubt let’s examine what life would be like if this would happen.
At the Second Coming all the Dead in Christ, Saints for the last 6000 years, come to life, are resurrected with immortal indestructible bodies. At the same time the Living in Christ, Saints, will also be clothed with immortal indestructible bodies and they will live here on earth with the Living Unsaved and their mortal sickly bodies. The Dead Unsaved, at the time of the Second Coming, do not come to life till 1000 years later, Revelation 20: 5. So you have only the Living Unsaved, which are only a few of the total Unsaved, and all the Saints living together on earth at the time of the Second Coming.
What kind of world would it be? You would have the antediluvian people with their 12 foot immortal bodies. The Lost, with their sickly bodies and sinful nature would want to kill the saints but that’s impossible because they are immortal.
Will the Lost be given a second chance? If so how long will this take? Think about it, if there are Saints all over the world, how long would it take the Lost to change their minds to choose a life with a perfect body? It sure wouldn’t take a life time. I positive there would be a lot of death bed confessions and conversions. Also with Satan bound for 1000 years and kept from having any influence on the people living on earth, the only influence would be the Holy Spirit, which should result in another Pentecost with everyone being converted in a single day. But let’s play this scenario out further, say half of them are saved during their life of 80 years. Then the next generation of people with their sinful nature are born into this world, what are they going to see and believe in? Maybe after another 80 years you still have some who are stubborn and die Lost. Then the next generation will have still fewer and fewer. This process will not take 1000 years till all choose to live with an immortal body.
And if these few Unsaved have 1000 years to change, but the Unsaved that are resurrected at the end of the 1000 years will only have a short time, He (Satan) must be set free for a short time. Revelation 20: 3, this does not seem reasonable.
B.7
Questionable Texts
There are always some Biblical texts that would seem to point in a different direction then the majority of texts on the topic. The following are some.
Revelation 20:2 He seized the dragon, that ancient serpent, who is the devil, or Satan, and bound him for a thousand years. 3) He threw him into the Abyss, and locked and sealed it over him; to keep him from deceiving the nations anymore until the thousand years were ended.
The difficulty comes with the word “nations”. Satan is bound in the Abyss, thus he cannot go anywhere else, which
includes going to heaven to visit God, as he did in Jobs time, or any other nation that God created. If you believe that
earth is the only planet that God created intelligent beings with the freedom of choice then you are limiting God and
his powers. Also, if Satan cannot deceive the Unsaved then the only influence on them will be our Creator with
the truth, which will be backed up with the Saints. The truth will not take 1000 years to convince the Unsaved to
change into immortal bodies.
Isaiah 65:20 New Heavens and a New Earth: Never again will there be in it an infant who lives but a few days, or an old man who does not live out his years; he who dies at a hundred will be thought a mere youth; he who fails to reach a hundred will be considered accursed.
The time frame, New Heavens and a New Earth, is after the millennium not during. This would seem that in the New Earth people will die at a hundred, but that is impossible because they are immortal. Isaiah was seeking to illustrate the facts of eternal life in heaven by earthly comparison.
Revelation 2:26 To him who overcomes and does my will to the end, I will give authority over the nations.27) He will rule them with an iron scepter; he will dash them to pieces like pottery, (Psalms 2: 8) just as I have received authority from my Father.
The difficulty here comes with the word “authority, rule and iron scepter”. If there is no one on earth during the
1000 years who will the Saved, Saints have to rule… with an iron scepter?
Revelation 20:4 I saw thrones on which were seated those who had been given authority to judge. (the Saints,) And I saw the souls of those who had been beheaded because of their testimony for Christ and because of the word of God.
1 Corinthians 6:2 Do you not know that the saints (the Saved) will judge the world?
Some people believe that Christ will come and live on earth and “rule them (nations) with an iron scepter.” Psalms 23:8; Revelation 2:26. How can that be when Revelation 15: 1state’s God’s wrath is completed after the 7 Last Plagues, and the sanctuary service has ended, Revelation 11: 19? The above refers to the Saints judging the Unsaved at the time of the Third Coming.
Revelation 1:6 And has made us to be a kingdom and priests to serve his God and Father.
Revelation 5:10 You have made them to be a kingdom and priest to serve our God and they will reign on earth.
The difficulty here comes with the word “kingdom and reign on earth”. We are a, kingdom and priests now when we fully surrender our lives to Christ. We are a kingdom of priests, because we have direct access to God now.
Revelation 3:21 To him who overcomes, I will give the right; to sit with me on my throne.
The time frame is after the Third Coming because God has not made His home on earth until then.
Matthew 25:31 When the son of Man comes (Second Coming) in his glory, and all the angels with him, he will sit on his throne in heavenly glory. 32) All the nations will be gathered before him, and he will separate the people one from another as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats. 33) He will put the sheep (God’s obedient children.) on his right and the goats (God’s disobedient children.) on his left. … 41) Then he will say to those on his left, (goats) ‘Depart from me, you who are cursed, into the eternal fire prepared (future, no hell now) for the devil and his angels. (All nations, all people on earth are separated, and the living Lost are judged unto death.)
At the Second Coming Christ will separate the people one from another, the Saints and the Sinners. He will take the Saints to heaven with Him to live with him for 1000 years. He will say to those on his left, (the Lost) ‘Depart from me, you who are cursed, into the eternal fire prepared for the devil and his angels. The Saints and the Sinners will not live together during the millennium. There is a judgment, thus there is a trial. This trail has only one ending and no right to appeal. The hour of his judgment has come. Revelation 14:7
There are many scenarios that you can imagine but all lead to the fact that this doctrine of ‘Life on earth during the millennium’ is not logical, reasonable or consistent with God’s character.
C.
Michael the Archangel
The Angel of God
Although this topic is of no value in the salvation of the human race, it does help to give a clearer picture of how and why sin started in heaven and Christ’s leading in during the Old Testament times. Many think that if you believe that Christ is Michael the Archangel and the Angel of God, then you believe that Christ was a created God, thus Arian in belief. This is not so.
An example of this is the past President of the U.S.A. (Bill Clinton) was called the Commander in Chief, the top
soldier, yet he’s never been a soldier. Just like Christ is God man, yet he has never been a sinful man. Christ is the
bridge between our Spiritual Heavenly Father and His creations. Christ is also thee God angel, Michael the
Archangel and the Angel of God yet He has never been an angel-angel.
C.1
God the Father
From the text below, John 1: 1, 2, 10 + 14, we know that Christ was a man he lived as a man but also a God man and not a created God because He was with God, the Father, from the beginning.
John 1:1 In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. 2) He (Christ) was with God (the Father) in the beginning. … 10) He was in the world, and through the world was made through him, the world did not recognize him. … 14) The Word became flesh and made his dwelling among us. We have seen his glory, the glory of the One and Only, who came from the Father, full of grace and truth.
He came to live as a man and to show man what God the Father was like. God the Father, whom no one has seen, not even the angels. (see below) The relationship Christ has with man, is similar to the relationship He has with the angels. He is God the Father’s representative to the angels who have never seen Him except through the His representative “Michael the Archangel” who is known to man as Christ.
Let’s look at what the Bible states about the Father.
John 6:46 (Christ stated) No one (not even angels) has seen the Father except the one who is from God; only he (Christ) has seen the Father.
John 1:18 No one has ever seen God, (the Father) but God the One and Only, (Christ) who is at the Father’s side, has made him know.
Colossians 1:15 He (Christ) is the image(character) of the invisible God, (Father) the firstborn over all creation.
What about the seemingly contradictive statement by Christ in Matthew 18: 10?
Matthew 18:10 “See that you do not look down on one of these little ones. For I tell you that their angels in heaven always see the face of my Father in heaven.
In Hebrew idiomatic usage, “to see one’s face” means to have access to him (see Genesis 43: 3, 5; 44:23).
Therefore Christ, did not make a contradicting statement.
1 Timothy 6:14 I charge you to keep this command without spot or blame until the appearing of our Christ, 15) which God (the Father) the blessed and only Ruler, the King of kings; 16) who alone is immortal and who lives in unapproachable light, whom no one has seen or can see. To him be honor and might forever. Amen.
1 John 1:5 God (the Father) is Light
How did the angels know about God if they have never seen Him? Was there a God angel similar to Christ; the God man? If so, what did the angels call Him? Could it be that He was called Michael the Archangel? Because Lucifer became proud (Satan) and wanted to be like God, Isaiah 14 and Ezekiel 28. He became proud comparing himself with Michael; God Christ. Lucifer was a cherubim angel, and Michael was the other, and they stood on either side of God’s throne, Isaiah 37:16.
Ezekiel 28:2 In the pride of your heart you (Lucifer, Satan) say, “I am a god”
Isaiah 14:12 How you have fallen from heaven, O morning star, son of the dawn! You have been cast down to the earth, you who once laid low the nations! (nations, plural, more than just earth) 13) You said in your heart, “I will ascend to heaven; I will raise my throne above the stars of God; I will sit enthroned on the mount of assembly, on the utmost heights of the sacred mountain. 14) I will ascend above the tops of the clouds; I will make myself like the Most High.
Ezekiel 28:12 “Son of man, take up a lament concerning the king of Tyre and say to him: “This is what the Sovereign God says: “You (Lucifer) were the model of perfection, full of wisdom and perfect in beauty. 13) You (Satan) were in the garden of God; every precious stone adorned you: ruby, topaz and emerald, chrysolite, onyx and jasper, sapphire, turquoise and beryl. Your settings and mountings were made of gold; on the day you were created they were prepared. 14) You were anointed as a cherub, for so I ordained you. You were on the holy mount of God; you walked among the fiery stones. 15) You were blameless in your ways from the day you were created till wickedness was found in you. 16) Through your widespread trade you were filled with violence, and you sinned. So I drove you in disgrace from the mount of God, and I expelled you, O guardian cherub, from among the fiery stones. 17) Your heart became proud on account of your beauty, and you corrupted your wisdom because of your splendor. So I threw you to the earth; I made a spectacle of you before kings. 18) By your many sins and dishonest trade you have desecrated your sanctuaries. So I made a fire come out from you, and it consumed you, and I reduced you to ashes on the ground (Malachi 4:3) in the sight of all who were watching, 19) All the nations who knew you (nations, plural, more than just earth) are appalled at you; you have come to a horrible end (Malachi 4:1) and will be no more.’ ” (Satan will die, there is no living hell.)
The problem here on earth when Christ, God, walked among men was that they didn’t realize who He really was.
People looked on him as nothing special. Lucifer did the same, although he knew that Michael (Christ) was God.
It is my speculation that because of Lucifer’s perfection, beauty and wisdom when compared with Michael the
Archangel, God Angel, he thought that he too could be like God because he was more beautiful and thought he was
wiser than Michael (Christ) and said: “I am a god” Ezekiel 28:2
C.2
The Angel of God
If you really think of it, it is only natural that Christ would guide and direct His people during the Old Testament times because God (Christ) walked and talked to Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden. From John 1: 10 we know that the world was made by Christ and from Genesis 1: 27 man was made in the Image of God (Christ). Then after they sinned God (Christ) came to them and talked to them face to face, Genesis 3: 8-19. Christ had to be referred to in these passages because no one had seen God the Father or the Holy Spirit. What was Christ’ name before He became Christ the man God? It is reasonable to assume that He was called Michael the Archangel and/or the Angel of God, because of John 14:9.
Genesis 1:27 So God created man in his own image,
John 14:9 (Christ stated) Anyone who has seen me has seen the Father.
Genesis 16:11 The angel of God also said to her: ….
13) She gave this name to God who spoke to her: “You are the God who sees me.”
Genesis 22:15 The angel of God called to Abraham from heaven a second time and said, “I swear by myself declares God, …”
Exodus 3:2 There the angel of God appeared to him in flames of fire from within a bush…. 4) When God saw that he had gone over to look, God called to him from within the bush, “Moses! Moses!” And Moses said, “Here I am.” 5) Do not come any closer,” God said. “Take off your sandals, for the place where you are standing is holy ground.” 6) Then he said, “I am the God of your father,…”
Numbers 22:35 The angel of God said to Balamm “Go with the men, but speak only what I tell you.”…
38) “I must speak only what God puts in my mouth.”
Exodus 6:2 “I am YeHoVaH. 3) I appeared to Abraham, to Isaac and to Jacob as God Almighty, but by my name YeHoVaH “I did not make myself know to them.”
The Angel of God (Christ) did not make Himself known to the Old Testament people. Only to the New Testament people did Christ reveal Himself in flesh.
Christ gave the laws and guided His people in the Old Testament.
Jude 2:1 The angel of God went up from Gilgal to Bokim and said, “I brought you up out of Egypt and led you into the land that I swore to give to your forefathers. I said, ‘I will never break my covenant with you, 2) and you shall not make a covenant with the people of this land, but you shall break down their altars. Yet you have disobeyed me.
Jude 6:12 When the angel of God appeared to Gideon, he said, “God is with you, mighty warrior.” … 21) With the tip of the staff that was in his hand, the angel of God touched the meat and the unleavened bread. Fire flared from the rock, consuming the meat and the bread. And the angel of God disappeared. 22) When Gideon realized that tit was the angel of God, he exclaimed, “Ah, Sovereign God! I have seen the angel of God face to face!”
These are but a few verses that confirm the Angel of God is Christ.
C.3
Michael The Archangel
With most doctrine there will always be questionable texts like Jude 9 and Daniel 10:13 that seem to contradict other texts until a deep study is made to line them up with the rest of the scriptures. Did you know the name of Michael means “Who is like God”.
Why didn’t the archangel Michael say in Jude 9 “I rebuke you!” instead of “God rebuke you,” if the archangel Michael is Christ?
Jude 9 But even the archangel Michael, when he was disputing with the devil about the body of Moses, did not dare to bring a slanderous accusation against him, but said, “God rebuke you!”
The Old Testament answers this question.
Zechariah 3:1 Then he showed me Joshua, the high priest standing before the angel of God, and Satan standing at his right side to accuse him. 2) God said to Satan, “God rebuke you, Satan! God, who has chosen Jerusalem rebuke you! Is not this man a burning stick snatched from the fire?” 3) Now Joshua was dressed in filthy clothes as he stood before the angel. 4) The angel said to those who were standing before him, “Take off his filthy clothes.” Then he said to Joshua, “See, I have taken away your sin.”
Here Christ, the Angel of God, is appealing to His authority as God. He is speaking as God. Satan, the accuser, is
fighting with Christ, the angel of God. Only Christ can take away sin, therefore; the angel of God has to be Christ.
Another difficult text is Daniel 10:13. Why does Daniel call Michael “one of the chief princes”?
It seems that Michael, the arch angel, is just another angel and not God. Christ was not “one of anything”.
Daniel 10:13 Then Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me, because I was detained there with
the king of Persia.
This verse refers to the previous verse in the book of Daniel which refers to Christ as:
Daniel 8:11 The prince of the host.
:25 The Prince of princes.
9:25 Messiah the Prince.
10:21 Michael your Prince.
Christ is also called Prince in Isaiah 9:6, Acts 3:15, 5:31, and Revelation 1:5. However; he’s not the only one who is
call prince in the Bible. There is Jacob, Genesis 23:6, David, Ezekiel 34:24 as well as Satan,
John 12:32, 14:30, 16:11 and Ephesians 2:2.
Now let’s look at who has the power to move people.
Revelation 12:7 And there was war in heaven. (a war of words) Michael (Christ) and his angels fought against dragon, and the dragon and his angels fought back. 8) But he was not strong enough, and they lost their place in heaven. 9) The great dragon was hurled down, that ancient serpent called the devil, or Satan, who leads the whole world astray. He was hurled to the earth, and his angels with him.
Only Christ has the power to cast Satan out of Heaven.
1 Thessalonians 4:16 For God himself will come down from heaven, with a loud command, with the voice of the archangel and with the trumpet call of God, and the dead in Christ will rise first.
Revelation 1:18 I am the Living One; I was dead, and behold I am alive for ever and ever!
And I hold the keys of death and Hades. (Grave)
John 5:16 Life Through the Son: Christ stated 25) I tell you the truth, a time is coming and has now come when the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God and those who hear will live. … 28) “Do not be amazed at this, for a time is coming when all who are in their graves will hear his (Christ) voice 29) and come out, those who have done good will rise to live, and those who have done evil will rise to be condemned.
God himself will he will come down and give a loud command with the authoritative voice of the archangel (Christ,
Michael) gave the call of God. A small example of this was when Christ called Lazarus out of his grave.
Luke 11:11 Christ stated: “Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep; but I am going to wake him up.” … 14) “Lazarus is dead” … 23) Christ said to her, “Your brother will rise again.” 24) Martha answered, “I know he will rise again in the resurrection at the last day.” 25) Christ said to her, “I am the resurrection and the life. He who believes in me will live, even though he dies, and whoever lives and believes in me will never die. (the second death) … 39) “Take away the stone,” 43) When he had said this, Christ called in a loud voice, “Lazarus come out!” 44) The dead man came out, his hands and feet wrapped with strips of linen, and cloth around his face. Christ said to them, “Take off the grave clothes and let him go.”
Only Christ, Michael the Archangel, has power to call forth the dead. No created being has that power.
Michael the Archangel was God, the Father, representative to the angels in heaven. Before sin the person that Adam
and Eve talked to in the Garden of Eden was Michael the Archangel, the Angel of God. After sin they were cast out
of the Garden of Eden and Michael did not communicate face to face with them again. However; after the flood the
Angel of God did communicate and was seen face to face with several people. With no one ever seen God the
Father, the Angel of God must have been Christ who was previously called Michael the Archangel.
D.
On What Day Was Christ Born?
By Michael Scheifler
While much of the world celebrates the birth of Christ on the 25th of December, can the actual day of Christ' birth be determined from scripture? This question will be explored in some detail, and will yield a result that is quite intriguing. The first passage we will consider begins with the father of John the Baptist, Zacharias:
Luke 1:5 There was in the days of Herod, the king of Judaea, a certain priest named Zacharias, of the course of Abia, and his wife was of the daughters of Aaron, and her name was Elisabeth.
Luke 1:8 And it came to pass, that while he executed the priest's office before God in the order of his course, ...
Luke 1:23 And it came to pass, that, as soon as the days of his ministration were accomplished, he departed to his own house.
Luke 1:24 And after those days his wife Elisabeth conceived, ...
The clue given to us here is that Zacharias was of the "course" of Abia.
D.1
The 24 Courses of the Temple Priesthood.
King David on God's instructions (1 Chronicles 28:11-13) had divided the sons of Aaron into 24 groups
(1 Chronicles 24:1-4), to setup a schedule by which the Temple of God could be staffed with priests all year round in an orderly manner. After the 24 groups of priests were established, lots were drawn to determine the sequence in which each group would serve in the Temple. (1 Chronicles 24: 7-19). That sequence is as follows:
|
1 Chr 24:7 |
1. Jehoiarib |
2. Jedaiah |
|
1 Chr 24:8 |
3. Harim |
4. Seorim |
|
1 Chr 24:9 |
5. Malchijah |
6. Mijamin |
|
1 Chr 24:10 |
7. Hakkoz |
8. Abijah |
|
1 Chr 24:11 |
9. Jeshuah |
10. Shecaniah |
|
1 Chr 24:12 |
11. Eliashib |
12. Jakim |
|
1 Chr 24:13 |
13. Huppah |
14. Jeshebeab |
|
1 Chr 24:14 |
15. Bilgah |
16. Immer |
|
1 Chr 24:15 |
17. Hezir |
18. Aphses |
|
1 Chr 24:16 |
19. Pethahiah |
20. Jehezekel |
|
1 Chr 24:17 |
21. Jachim |
22. Gamul |
|
1 Chr 24:18 |
23. Delaiah |
24. Maaziah |
1 Chronicles 24:19 These were the orderings of them in their service to come into the house of God, according to their manner, under Aaron their father, as God of Israel had commanded him.
Now each one of the 24 "courses" of priests would begin and end their service in the Temple on the Sabbath, a tour of duty being for one week (2 Chronicles 23:8, 1 Chronicles 9:25). On three occasions during the year, all the men of Israel were required to travel to Jerusalem for festivals of God, so on those occasions all the priests would be needed in the Temple to accommodate the crowds. Those three festivals were Unleavened Bread, Pentecost, and Tabernacles (Deuteronomy 16:16).
D.2
The Yearly Cycle of Service in the Temple.
The Jewish calendar begins in the spring, during the month of Nisan, so the first "course" of priests, would be that of the family of Jehoiarib, who would serve for seven days. The second week would then be the responsibility of the family of Jedaiah. The third week would be the feast of Unleavened Bread, and all priests would be present for service. Then the schedule would resume with the third course of priests, the family of Harim. By this plan, when the 24th course was completed, the general cycle of courses would repeat. This schedule would cover 51 weeks or 357 days, enough for the lunar Jewish calendar (about 354 days). So, in a period of a year, each group of priests would serve in the Temple twice on their scheduled course, in addition to the 3 major festivals, for a total of about five weeks of duty.
D.3
The Conception of John the Baptist.
Now back to Zacharias, the father of John the Baptist.
Luke 1:23 And it came to pass, that, as soon as the days of his ministration were accomplished, he departed to his own house.
Luke 1:24 And after those days his wife Elisabeth conceived, ...
Beginning with the first month, Nisan, in the spring (March-April), the schedule of the priest's courses would result with Zacharias serving during the 10th week of the year. This is because he was a member of the course of Abia (Abijah), the 8th course, and both the Feast of Unleavened Bread (15-21 Nisan) and Pentecost (6 Sivan) would have occurred before his scheduled duty. This places Zacharias' administration in the Temple as beginning on the second Sabbath of the third month, Sivan (May-June).
1st Month 2nd Month 3rd Month
Abib – Nisan Zif – Iyyar Sivan
(March – April) (April – May) (May – June)
First Week Jehoiarib (1) Seorim (4) All Priests (Pentecost)
Second Week Jedaiah (2) Malchijah (5) Abijah (8)
Third Week All Priests Mijamin (6) Jeshuah (9)
(Feast of Unleavened Bread)
Fourth Week Harim (3) Hakkoz (7) Shecaniah (10)
Having completed his Temple service on the third Sabbath of Sivan, Zacharias returned home and soon conceived his son John. So John the Baptist was probably conceived shortly after the third Sabbath of the month of Sivan.
D.4
The Conception of Christ
Now the reason that the information about John is important is because according to Luke, Christ was conceived by our Creator in the sixth month of Elisabeth's pregnancy:
Luke 1:24 And after those days his wife Elisabeth conceived, and hid
herself five months, saying,
Luke 1:25 Thus hath God dealt with me in the days wherein
he looked on me, to take away my
reproach among men.
Luke 1:26 And in the sixth month the angel Gabriel was sent from God unto a city of Galilee,
named Nazareth,
Luke 1:27 To a virgin espoused to a man whose name was Joseph, of the house of David; and the
virgin's name was Mary.
Note that verse 26 above refers to the sixth month of Elisabeth's pregnancy, not Elul, the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar, and this is made plain by the context of verse 24 and again in verse 36:
Luke 1:36 And, behold, thy cousin Elisabeth, she hath also conceived a son in her old age: and this is the sixth month with her, who was called barren.
Now working from the information about John's conception late in the third month, Sivan, and advancing six months, we arrive late in the 9th month of Kislev (November – December) for the time frame for the conception of Christ. It is notable here that the first day of the Jewish festival of Hanukkah, the Festival of Lights, is celebrated on the 25th day of Kislev, and Christ is called the light of the world (John 8:12, 9:5, 12:46). This does not appear to be a mere coincidence. In the book of John, Hanukkah is called the feast of dedication (John 10:22). Hanukkah is an eight day festival, celebrating the relighting of the menorah in the rededicated Temple, which according to the story, stayed lit miraculously for eight days on only one day's supply of oil.
D.5
The Birth of John the Baptist
Based on a conception shortly after the third Sabbath of the month of Sivan, projecting forward an average term of about 10 lunar months (40 weeks), we arrive in the month of Nisan. It would appear that John the Baptist may have been born in the middle of the month, which would coincide with Passover and the Feast of Unleavened Bread. It is interesting to note, that even today, it is customary for the Jews to set out a special goblet of wine during the Passover Seder meal, in anticipation of the arrival of Elijah that week, which is based on the prophecy of Malachi:
Malachi 4:5 Behold, I will send you Elijah the prophet before the coming of the great and dreadful day of YeHoVaH:
Christ identified John as the "Elijah" that the Jews had expected:
Matthew 17:10 And his disciples asked him, saying, Why then say the scribes that
Elijah must first come?
Matthew 17:11 And Christ answered and said unto them,
Elijah truly shall first come, and restore all things.
Matthew 17:12 But I say unto you, that Elijah is come already, and they knew him not,
but have done unto him
whatsoever they listed. Likewise, shall also the Son of man suffer of them.
Matthew 17:13 Then the disciples understood that he spake unto them of John the Baptist.
The angel that appeared to Zacharias in the temple also indicated that John would be the expected "Elias":
Luke 1:17 And he shall go before him in the spirit and power of Elijah, to turn the hearts of the fathers to the children, and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just; to make ready a people prepared for God.
So then, the Feast of Unleavened Bread begins on the 15th day of the 1st month, Nisan, and this is a likely date for the birth of John the Baptist, the expected "Elijah".
D.6
The Birth of Christ
Since Christ was conceived six months after John the Baptist, and we have established a likely date for John's birth, we need only move six months farther down the Jewish calendar to arrive at a likely date for the birth of Christ. From the 15th day of the 1st month, Nisan, we go to the 15th day of the 7th month, Tishri. And what do we find on that date? It is the festival of Tabernacles! The 15th day of Tishri begins the third and last festival of the year to which all the men of Israel were to gather in Jerusalem for Temple services. (Lev 23:34)
D.7
Immanuel
Isa 7:14 Therefore God himself shall give you a sign; Behold, a virgin shall conceive, and bear a son, and shall call his name Immanuel.
Immanuel means "God with us". The Son of God had come to dwell with, or tabernacle on earth with His people.
John 1:14 And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld his glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.
The word in the Hebrew for dwelt is succah and the name of the Feast of Tabernacles in Hebrew is Sukkot, a festival of rejoicing and celebration:
Luke 2:7 And she brought forth her firstborn son, and wrapped him in swaddling clothes, and laid him
in a manger; because there was no room for them in the inn.
Luke 2:8 And there were in the same country shepherds abiding in the field, keeping watch over their
flock by night.
Luke 2:9 And, lo, the angel of God came upon them, and the glory of God shone round about them:
and they were sore afraid.
Luke 2:10 And the angel said unto them, Fear not: for, behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy,
which shall be to all people.
Luke 2:11 For unto you is born this day in the city of David a Saviour, which is Christ.
Why was there no room at the inn? Bethlehem is only about 5 miles from Jerusalem, and all the men of Israel had come to attend the festival of Tabernacles as required by the law of Moses. Every room for miles around Jerusalem would have been already taken by pilgrims, so all that Mary and Joseph could find for shelter was a stable.
Also of note is the fact that the Feast of Tabernacles is an eight day feast (Lev 23:36, 39). Why eight days? It may be because an infant was dedicated to God by performing circumcision on the eighth day after birth:
Luke 2:21 And when eight days were accomplished for the circumcising of the child, his name was called Christ, which was so named of the angel before he was conceived in the womb.
So the infant Christ would have been circumcised on the eighth and last day of the Feast of Tabernacles, a Sabbath day. The Jews today consider this a separate festival from Tabernacles, and they call it Shemini Atzeret.
D.8
Conclusion
So, if you have followed the above reasoning, based on the scriptural evidence, a case can apparently be made that Christ was born on the 15th day of the month of Tishri, on the first day of the Feast of Tabernacles, which corresponds to the September - October timeframe of our present calendar!
Jewish Month Begins the New Moon of: John the Baptist Christ
1. Abib / Nisan March – April Birth of John 4
2. Zif / Iyyar April – May 5
3. Sivan May – June Conception of John 6
after 3rd Sabbath
4. Tammuz June – July 1 7
5. Ab / Av July – August 2 8
6. Elul August – September 3 9
7. Ethanim / Tishri September – August 4 Birth of Christ
Tishri 15
8. Bul / Marheshvan / Heshvan October – November 5
9. Chisleu / Chisley / Kisley November – December 6 Conception of Christ
Kisley 25th
10. Tebeth / Tevet December – January 7 1
11. Shebat / Shevat January – February 8 2
12. Adar February – March 9 3
Confirm Feast of:
Trumpets Tishri 1st
Atonement Tishri 10th
Tabernacles Tishri 15th
D.9
Tabernacles Future Fulfillment
It is also interesting to note the Tabernacles was a feast in ingathering of the Harvest (Exodus 23:16 and 34:22). If Christ' first coming was indeed on 15 Tishri, the first day of Tabernacles, then it is quite reasonable to presume that the harvest of this earth, the ingathering of the second coming of Christ, will also occur on precisely the same date. The unknown factor would be the year that this would happen.
E. Feast Days: Past, Present and Future
All Feasts are both Commemorative and Prophetic
Commemorative = Wedding Rehearsal on Earth
Prophetic = the Wedding in Heaven
God’s master plan for the spiritual harvest of the human race, His Bride, and His plan of salvation is given in His seven annual Feast Days of Leviticus 23. These seven annual holy days are a wedding rehearsal here on earth for the grand wedding that will take place in heaven when Christ, the Groom, will take for His Bride, the saved of earth, as His Bride. His plan starts with the spring planting and ends with the fall harvest. Each Feast has a specific purpose. Blessings attended these wonderful celebrations. They are listed below with brief reasons for celebration.
Passover Past Christ died on the Passover day for our Sins.
Celebrate Present Our own Baptism when we confess that we are sinners and died to sin.
Look to 2nd Coming Sealing of the Righteous just prior to the Second Coming.
Heaven Celebrate Passover in Heaven when we will be totally sin free!!!
Date 1st month 14th day; not a holy day
Unleavened Bread Past To eat bread without yeast. Yeast represents sin that spreads in us.
Celebrate Present Focus on Christ ability to deliver us from sin, our Saviour.
Look to 2nd Coming Unknowing living a sinless life just prior to the Second Coming.
Heaven When we will be totally (unleavened) sin free!!!
Date 1st month 15th day; 1st holy day and 21st day; 2nd holy day
Pentecost Past The start of the Christian Church; the Early Rain. (After Christ’s Death)
Celebrate Present Focus on our spiritual transformation thru the Holy Spirit.
Look to 2nd Coming Proclaim the ingathering message of “come out of her My people” Revelation 18:4.
Heaven The Bride party gathers in heaven.
Date 50 days after First Fruits day; 3rd holy day
Trumpets Past Prepare for literal Judgement Day for Israel.
Celebrate Present 3rd Angel’s Message that Judgement is coming.
Look to 2nd Coming Prepare for the final Judgement Day.
Heaven Calling all other nations to the wedding.
Date 7th month 1st day; 4th holy day
Day of Atonement Past Literal Judgement Day, for Israel, prior to the cross.
Celebrate Present Daily sanctification and look forward to the end of God’s trial.
Look to 2nd Coming Seventh Trumpet is the Close of Probation, the end of God’s trial.
Heaven Revelation 11:15 second party in heaven with the Most Holy place open.
Date 7th month 10th day; 5th holy day
Tabernacles Past Christ’ birth day, He is our Tabernacle (covering)
Celebrate Present Christ’ birth day, looking forward to the final ingathering.
Look to 2nd Coming S. C., Final Ingathering, First Resurrection of the righteous dead.
Heaven All nations gather to prepare for the wedding supper.
Date 7th month 15th day; 6th holy day
Last Great Day Past 8th Day, Christ’ Circumcision. (8 = Infinity = New Eternal Life)
Celebrate Present Look forward to the Second Coming and going to Heaven.
Look to 2nd Coming The Day the redeemed enter Heaven!
Heaven The wedding supper of the Bride and Groom,
Date 7th month 22nd day; 7th holy day.7 perfect annual holy days.
F.
What are God’s children like?
To be a child of God you must be willing to set aside your preconceived ideas and love truth.
You must have the faith of a child.
John 3:5-7: Christ said: “I tell you the truth, no one can enter the kingdom of God unless he is born of water and the Spirit. Flesh gives birth to flesh, but the Spirit gives birth to spirit. You should not be surprised at my saying, ‘You must be born again.”
John 3:16-19: Christ said: “For God so loved the world that he gave his one and only Son, that whoever believes (trusts, obeys) in him shall not perish but have eternal life. For God did not send his Son into the world to condemn the world, but to save the world through him. Whoever believes in him is not condemned, but whoever does not believe stands condemned already because he has not believed in the name of God’s one and only Son. This is the verdict: Light has come into the world, but men loved darkness instead of light (truth) because their deeds were evil.”
Matthew 18:3-4: Christ said: “I tell you the truth, unless you change and become like little children, you will never enter the kingdom of heaven. Therefore, whoever humbles himself like this child is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven.”
Galatians 3:28: You are all sons of God through faith (belief, obedience) in Christ, for all of you who were baptized into Christ have clothed yourselves with Christ. There is neither Jew nor Greek, slave nor free, male nor female, for you are all one in Christ.
John 10:14-15: Christ said: “I am the good shepherd; I know my sheep and my sheep know me, just as the Father knows me and I know the Father, and I lay down my life for my sheep.”
God’s children are born again. This means that they have started their spiritual childhood. Like a new born baby has to learn who its father and mother are and how to eat, talk and walk physically; new born Christians have to learn about their heavenly Father, the Holy Spirit and Son Christ.
God’s children believe in Christ, and that He has come to earth to give them eternal life. To believe in some one is to trust 100%. If you don’t trust completely then you really don’t believe at all.
God’s children are lovers of truth. They may not have all the truth but what truth they have, they love and follow it to the best of their ability. They do not reject it, turn their back to it, or walk away from it. They treasure it; they love it and hold on to it.
God’s children become like little children. What are little three or four year old children like? For one thing they believe in and trust in their father and mother and older brother 100%. They do not worry about what to eat, where to sleep or what to wear. They are the happiest people in the world. Also they are very humble, which means they are very teachable and want to learn and obey everything their parents tell them. They are willing to change to new habits, a new way of life. They can play with other children that are black, white, yellow, red, brown, rich, poor, male or female and they see no difference, all of God’s children are equal.
God’s children are symbolized like sheep. Christ is their shepherd. In a flock of sheep you have young sheep and old sheep, strong sheep and week sheep, smart sheep and dumb sheep, and the smartest sheep is still a very dumb sheep compared to the Shepherd. They know they cannot depend on their own wisdom. They are smart enough and humble enough to know they are dumb sheep.
G.
Justice vs Righteousness
People talk and discuss our Heavenly Father’s wrath and his justice in burning alive the lost. But the Bible states, Revelation 15:1, that God’s wrath is complete with the seven last plagues before the Second Coming and not at His Third Coming. That leaves only justice at the Third Coming and it has to be consistent with His character.
John 14:9 (Christ stated) “Anyone who has seen me has seen the Father.”
Did Christ ever burn anyone alive? How did he treat his enemies? As a group look at what he did in chasing the people out of the temple. Also look at him crying over the people of Jerusalem as he approached. Individually, look at Judas, and his crucifiers; look at what he said on the cross.
Matthew 27:46 (Christ stated) “My God My God why have you forsaken me.”
Christ died for all. His death makes atonement for the Saved. This is the second death and Christ calls the second death forsaken, separation from the Father. The second death is not burning alive the lost, it is separation from God forever.
Justice in Latin is Righteousness, which means, “doing the right thing”.
Dr. Graham Maxwell wrote the following. When Righteousness was translated in to Latin, they were more consistent because Justify and Justice and Just all match but unfortunately in English we have Righteousness, Righteous, Unrighteous and Rightify….no we can’t have that, we have Justify. And it is confusing to people because it has developed a whole understanding that somehow the justice and justification are different. In the Oxford dictionary justice carries the connotation of retribution, deserved punishment, when righteousness does not. In the Bible the word means righteousness, why don’t we leave what’s in that context of righteousness rather than retribution and let the context speak about it. Of course the one that is Righteous will do what is right and just. The word justice should not be in the Bible if properly translated. If you were preaching in Latin the English word for the justice and righteousness are same. Why should we change the original language?
The general theology about Justice is that God will judge people according to their works and that is why some will suffer more than others. Satan and Hitler deserve more punishment, retribution, than the simple sinner. So God will justifiably physically burn Satan’s flesh longer than Hitler’s and burn Hitler’s flesh longer than the simple sinners. Is that theology consistent with God’s nature? The wages of sin is death not torture.
If you, as a parent, have 100 children and 10 do not want to live with you and your commandments, would you beat them, torture each of them differently according to what each have done, and then send them away to live away from you. No, you would ask them all to leave and hope that all will repent and return to live with you. You know that while they are away, they will be tormented day and night recalling and reliving the truth of how you have shown them the right path and they have rejected your guidance. You will have given all of them the same punishment, wages of sin, separation from you. Their own retribution, deserved punishment, will be of their own making. They will be tormented day and night, they will have to relive the past in their mind. Each will be tormented according to what they have done in the past.
Elements of interpretation that have entered into translation of the English New Testament.
by Dr. Graham Maxwell.
A study in genitives. The number one question is “The truth about God and his righteousness.” The Bible was written in a setting of war about God and his righteousness. In the book of Romans there can be as many as 5 different translations for the word “righteousness”. In the King James, the book of Romans has to make 67 translations and interpretations, there is no literal translated Bible. All versions are interpretations but none have been willfully perverted.
We have to take the largest and broadest issues first to get the big picture. The first lie, Satan accused God of being Unrighteous. The question is not about how God deals with sinners or how he will justifiably terminate them in the end.
I thank Dr. G. Maxwell for the above insight. All doctrine has to be consistent with God’s character, that is why I have expounded on what happens at the Lake of Fire and the Second Death. To prove that God is Love and Love never tortures people even if people think He is justified.
H.
The World According to Anderson
The following are some quotable quotes by yours truly Everett Lloyd Anderson.
Sin
I’m sinning … if I’m not praising God for all things.
My silence is sin of omission, … rather than commission.
ELA 4.1984 (Everett Lloyd Anderson April, 1984)
Negativism
All negativism is sin.
Constructive criticism … builds up,
Therefore is positive and not sin.
ELA 6.1984
Offensive
Nothing anyone says or does … should offend me, (my Christ-like Nature.)
Or determine the way I act. (Only my human nature can be offended.)
ELA 6.1988
Perfection
Perfect in the eyes of God, is
One who is fully surrendered, not
One who is totally obedient but
One who is striving to be.
ELA 6.1988
The Key to Success
Pray continuously:
What would Christ do,
What would Christ say.
ELA 12.1994
Pride
Pride kills freedom
Truth is hidden.
ELA 4.1996
I.
End Time Events
SDA’s Only
Seven Trumpets = 7 T Seven Last Plagues = 7 LP End Time Events = ETE
Second Coming = SC Third Coming = TC
Index Page 97
Introduction p 99
Chapter and Page
2T 692 Unfolding of special truth in relation to the closing scenes.
8T 301 Co-workers … will show a deep interest …
PP 104 Religious leaders say peace and prosperity ….
sudden destruction 1 Thessalonians 5:3
Great Controversy Time Frame p 101
GC 579 Liberty of Conscience Threatened 7T
GC 583 The Impending Conflict 7T
GC 597 The Scriptures a Safeguard 7T
GC 603 The Final Warning (Seven Trumpets) 7T
GC 613 The Time of Trouble (Seven Last Plagues) 7 LP
GC 635 God’s People Delivered 7 LP
GC 656 Desolation of Earth (Second Coming) SC
GC 664 The Controversy Ended (Third Coming) TC
Early Writings p 113
EW 33 Subsequent Visions 7T
EW 36 The Sealing 7T
EW 41 Shaking of the Powers of Heaven 7T
EW 44 The Open and the Shut Door 7T
EW 52 The Last Plagues and the Judgment 7 T, SC and TC
EW 56 Duty in View of the Time of Trouble 7T
EW 65 The Mark of the Beast 7T
EW 74 The Gathering Time 7T
EW 270 The Shaking 7T
EW 277 The Loud Cry 7T
EW 279 The Third Angel’s Message Closed 7T
EW 282 The Time of Trouble 7 LP
EW 285 Deliverance of the Saints SC
EW 289 The Earth Desolated SC
EW 292 The Second Resurrection TC
EW 294 The Second Death TC
Evangelism p 122
EV 27 If Heaven’s Warnings Go Unheeded 7T
EV 29 A View of Great Destruction 7T
Testimonies p 122
9T28 An Impressive Scene (Ball of Fire) 7T
Large cities will be swept away.
Destruction of thousands of cities.
2T 693 Special Test 7T
5T 463 Peace and Prosperity 7T
7T 219 Measuring the Temple, Revelation 11:1 7T
8T 118 The Loud Cry 7T
8T 302 Revelation 1STplace in the minds of God’s people Now
Testimonies to Ministers p 124
TM 112 The Study of the Books of Daniel and Revelation Now
Selected Messages – Book 3 p 125
3SM 386 Many Not in Our Ranks to Come to the Front 7T
3SM 387 Peace and Safety and Sudden Destruction. 7T
3SM 417 Coming Calamities 7T
3SM 397 Persecution and Martyrs 7T
Appendix A p 126
Questions Are the 7 T and 7 LP together or apart?
Reasons for
Reasons against
For SDA’s Only
“The Last 1335 Days”
Introduction
E.G.White’s Writings
The following quotations are from the SOP on the subject of the “End Time Events”. I’ve included a lot of her writings so as not to take her writings out of context. This will also save you a lot of time from having to read her writings to make sure that I’ve not twisted the truth.
2T 692-693 Those who lived in past generations were accountable for the light which was permitted to shine upon them. Their minds were exercised in regard to different points of Scripture, which tested them. But they did not understand the truths, which we do. They were not responsible for the light, which they did not have. They had the Bible, as we have; but the time for the unfolding of special truth in relation to the closing scenes of this earth’s history is during the last generations that shall live upon the earth.
Sister White states that there will be “special truth” to be given by those who are alive during the end time events. This means we will not find all truth given in her writings, “in relation to the closing scenes of this earth’s history.” However; all further truth will have to agree with the Bible and the SOP, which this study does.
8T 301 To John God opened the subjects that He saw would be needed by His people in the last days. The instruction that He gave is found in the book of Revelation. Those who would be co-workers with our Lord and Savior Christ will show a deep interest in the truths found in this book. With pen and voice they will strive to make plain the wonderful things that Christ came from heaven to reveal.
PP 104 When the reasoning of philosophy has banished the fear of God’s judgments; when religious teachers are pointing forward to long ages of peace and prosperity, and the world are absorbed in their rounds of business and pleasure, planting and building, feasting and merrymaking, rejecting God’s warnings and mocking His messengers—then it is that sudden destruction cometh upon them, and they shall not escape, 1 Thessalonians 5:3
In all of EGW writings she makes only one direct comment about the Trumpets (GC 334 and 335) and she doesn’t contradict anything in this study. She also said that there would be more light (truths) given. I’m not a prophet, I’ve never had any visions, I just want to show you that this study does not go against the Bible or the Spirit of Prophecy; in fact they both support my beliefs.
All SOP statements and Bible quotes are in Italics; emphasis in bold and underlines are my own. Below each title I have placed the time frame of the chapter.
The New International Version Bible is used for all quotes, except as expressed in sister Whites writings. Notes in Bible verses that are not in Italics are the authors.
Further Points that I want to make to SDA’s in this study are:
1. The Seven Trumpets are to be interpreted as futuristic as well as historic.
2. The Bible states that the Seven Trumpets are plagues, historic interpretation doesn’t.
3. The Seven Trumpets period, Probation Period, is described by Sister White as:
The Final Warning GC Chapter 38
The Third Angels Message GC 613, EW 85, 271, 277
The Loud Cry EW 85, 271, 277
The Gathering EW 74
The Sealing EW 36, 44
The Latter Rain GC 613, EW 85, 271, 279
The Mighty Shaking EW 50, 270, 271 TM 112
The Great Preparation EW 66
The Work of Preparation GC 594, 625
The Judgment Hour Cry EW 74
The Last Solemn Warning EW 278, 279, 8T 118
The Last Great Work EW 277
The Great Drama of Deception GC 624
The Wrath of God GC 629
The Judgments with mercy GC 629
The Season of Calamity SM 3 386
4. The Seven Last Plagues are described by Sister White as:
The Time of Trouble GC Chapter 39, 594, 649, EW 85, 36, 56, 282
The Final Trouble GC 614
The Trying Hour GC 613, EW 279
The Hour of Temptation EW 277
The Final Test GC 613
The Great Tribulation GC 649
The Burning Wrath of God EW 36, 44
The Unmingled Wrath of God GC 627, 629
The Final Judgments with no mercy GC 613, 629
5. The reasons for the Seven Last Plagues.
GC 613, 621, 631, 633, 638 EW 67, 278
6. The reasons for the Second Resurrection.
GC 666, 668
7. The Bible and SOP never describe any physical burning alive to death of the Lost at the Third Coming.
GC 644, 656, 657, 660, EW 54, 283, 289, 294
8. The wrath of God is His withdrawing of His protection, which results in Satan’s wrath.
GC 614, 623
9. There will be no atomic war.
GC 614, 629; CH 460
Remember that our sister has stated that her writings are a lesser light that points to the great light the Bible. Also these were visions and may not be a total picture in any one event. But pieced together with the Bible they both will not contradict each other. We cannot state for a fact that the Bible or the SOP writings are always in sequence. One example is EW chapter 52 she writes about the 7 T, SC and TC all in one chapter; which is out of sequence with the other chapters. Another example in reference to the Lost at the Second Coming is as follows:
GC p 664 > 1) marching 2) surrounding the city 3) confessing 4) tormented
EW p 292 > 1) confessing 2) marching 3) tormented 4) surrounding the city.
The sequences of events in the GC and EW are different for the Lost. However; from the sequence of events of the Seven Trumpets, the Seven Last Plagues, the Second and Third Coming are in sequence in the GC & EW. The End Time Events time line is followed in each chapter; therefore there is no need for me to introduce the subject or direction. (see contents time frame) In fact, starting with the GC, you will find that this study is comprised of approximately 82 percent SOP writing and only 18 percent of my own.
A lot of SDA preachers are talking about the impending financial crisis and the increase in lawlessness and they preach that is here now but they haven’t seen nothing yet. Wait until God withdraws His protection, then they will see the real thing during the last 1335 days.
Let’s look at some of our sisters’ statements to confirm the sequence of end time events. It is important and relevant to keep in mind the meaning of each of the chapter titles and the time frame in which it applies.
LDE, 35, 36 “I plainly stated...in public that the Lord had been pleased to show me that
there would be no definite time message given of God since 1844. Our position(Sister White’s time) has been one of waiting and watching, with no time-proclamation to intervene between the close of the prophetic periods in 1844 and the time of our Lord's coming. The people will not have another message upon definite time... The longest reckoning reaches to the autumn of 1844.”
The Great Controversy
GC Chapter 35
Liberty of Conscience Threatened
(Seven Trumpets)
GC 579 It has been shown that the United States is the power represented by the beast with lamb-like horns, (the USA is the power which controls the United Nations) and that this prophecy will be fulfilled when the United States shall enforce Sunday observance, (via the UN, the USA can never have world power without the UN on its side.) which Rome claims as the special acknowledgment of her supremacy. But in this homage to the papacy the United States will not be alone.
GC 580 The Roman Catholic Church, with all its ramifications throughout the world, forms one vast organization under the control, and designed to serve the interests, of the papal see. Its millions of communicants, in every country on the globe, are instructed to hold themselves as bound in allegiance to the pope.
Don’t get hung up on watching and waiting for the USA to pass the Sunday law. Watch for the catalyst that will cause it. The USA will pass it but most countries will pass it too; all the so-called Christians nations at least. The Sunday law will be passed only after the Spiritual Leader of the World is elect, thus the whole (Christian) world will be worshipping the Beast out of the Sea. Maybe this too pertains to the nations that believe in at least part of the Bible. Keep in mind that end time events affect the whole world not just the USA.
GC Chapter 36
The Impending Conflict
(Seven Trumpets)
GC 583 The Bible is within the reach of all, but there are few who really accept it as the guide of life.
Matthew 24:14 And this gospel of the kingdom will be preached in the whole world as a testimony to all nations and then the end will come.
According to this everyone is without excuse now and has been since this was written over 100 years ago.
GC 588 Through the two great errors, the immortality of the soul and Sunday sacredness, Satan will bring the people under his deceptions. While the former lays the foundation of spiritualism, the latter creates a bond of sympathy with Rome. The Protestants of the United States will be foremost in stretching their hands across the gulf to grasp the hand of spiritualism. They will reach over the abyss to clasp hands with the Roman power; and under the influence of this threefold union, this country will follow in the steps of Rome in trampling on the rights of conscience.
As spiritualism more closely imitates the nominal Christianity of the day, it has greater power to deceive and ensnare. Satan himself is converted, after the modern order of things. He will appear in the character of an angel of light. Through the agency of spiritualism, miracles will be wrought, the sick will be healed, and many undeniable wonders will be performed. And as the spirits will profess faith in the Bible,(or at least part of it) and manifest respect for the institutions of the church, (the church of Babylon, after the 4th T) their work will be accepted as a manifestation of divine power.
What is “spiritualism”? Is it the Moslem’s with their belief of ‘immortality of the soul’? USA, Protestants and the Roman Catholics with their ‘Sunday sacredness’ and all three “profess faith in the Bible”, or at least part of it. Could it be these are the 3 evil spirits of Revelation 16:13. Think about it, who is the Pope and the USA trying to get to sleep together? Israel and Palestine, the Jew’s and the Moslems both believe in part of the Bible. This is a side issue from the 7 T and food for thought only.
GC 590 And then the great deceiver (Satan)will persuaded men (Satan appearance after the 5th T and before the 6th T) that those who serve god are causing these evils. (5th T evils, not the first 4 T because the Sunday Law wasn’t pass yet)….It will be declared that men are offending God by the violator, of the Sunday Sabbath; (Sunday Law was pass earlier after the 4T) that this sin has brought calamities(5th T) which will not cease until Sunday observance shall be strictly enforced. (Satan is now saying that Sunday Law that was passed must be “strictly enforced,” he wants the 6th T Death Decree.)
The people of God are directed to the Scriptures as their safeguard against the influence of false teachers and the delusive power of spirits of darkness. Satan employs every possible device to prevent men from obtaining a knowledge of the Bible; for its plain utterances reveal his deceptions. At every revival of God's work, the prince of evil is aroused to more intense activity; he is now putting forth his utmost efforts for a final struggle against Christ and his followers. The last great delusion is soon to open before us. Antichrist is to perform his marvelous works in our sight. (After the 5th Trumpet) So closely will the counterfeit resemble the true, that it will be impossible to distinguish between them except by the Holy Scriptures. By their testimony every statement and every miracle must be tested. {GC88 593.1}
Those who endeavor to obey all the commandments of God will be opposed and derided. They can stand only in God. In order to endure the trial before them, they must understand the will of God as revealed in his Word; they can honor him only as they have a right conception of his character, government, and purposes, and act in accordance with them. None but those who have fortified the mind with the truths of the Bible will stand through the last great conflict. To every soul will come the searching test, Shall I obey God rather than men? The decisive hour is even now at hand. Are our feet planted on the rock of God's immutable Word? Are we prepared to stand firm in defense of the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus? {GC88 593.2}
GC 594 The events connected with the close of probation (7th T) and the work of preparation (7T) for the time of trouble, (7 Last Plagues) are clearly presented.
It looks to me
that “the events”, which have a start and a closing time, “the work of
preparation” must be 7 Trumpets “for the time of trouble.”
7Last Plagues.
GC Chapter 37
The Scriptures a Safeguard
(Seven Trumpets)
GC 597 The truth and the glory of God are inseparable; it is impossible for us, with the Bible within our reach, to honor God by erroneous opinions. Many claim that it matters not what one believes, if his life is only right. But the life is molded by the faith. If light and truth is within our reach, and we neglect to improve the privilege of hearing and seeing it, we virtually reject it. We are choosing darkness rather than light.
Proverbs 16:25. “There is a way that seemeth right unto man, but the end there of are the ways of death.” Ignorance is no excuse for error or sin, when there is every opportunity to know the will of God.
We have to study more “to know the will of God.”
GC Chapter 38
The Final Warning
(Seven Trumpets)
GC 603 This scripture (Revelation 18:1, 2, 4 come out of her my people)points forward to a time when the announcement of the fall of Babylon, as made by the second angel of Revelation 14:8, is to be repeated with the additional mention of the corruption’s which have been entering the various organizations that constitute Babylon, since that message was first given, in the summer of 1844.
Revelation 10: 11 Then I was told, “You must prophesy again about many peoples, nations languages and kings.”
Historic interpretation of Revelation 10 and its’ 1844 message “is to be repeated” with a futuristic interpretation.
GC 604 Fearful is the issue to which the world is to be brought. The powers of earth, uniting to war against the commandments of God, will decree that “all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond” (Revelation 13:16) shall conform to the customs of the church by the observance of the false sabbath. All who refuse complia Revelation nce will be visited with civil penalties, and it will finally be declared that they are deserving of death.
The Sunday law has been passed (after the 4th Trumpet) and the death decree “will finally be declared” The Final Warning (the 6th Trumpet). “The Mark of the Beast, cannot buy or sell,” Revelation 13:17 will be put into effect after the 5th Trumpet.
CG 612 Servants of God, with their faces lighted up and shining with holy consecration, will hasten from place to place to proclaim the message from heaven. By thousands of voices, all over the earth, the warning will be given. Miracles will be wrought, the sick will be healed, and signs and wonders will follow the believers. Satan also works with lying wonders, even bringing down fire from heaven in the sight of men. Revelation 13:13 Thus the inhabitants of the earth will be brought to take their stand.
They must take their stand
before the 7th T, which is the close of probation. This Revelation 13:13 fire from heaven, Satan’s final
deception to convince, deceive, the world into thinking that he is Christ by
trying to reproduce God’s fire of Revelation 20:9.
CG Chapter 39
The Time of Trouble
(The Seven Last Plagues)
GC 613 Daniel 12:1 “At that time shall Michael shall stand up, (the close of probation) the great Prince which standeth for the children of the people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was (worse than the 7 T) since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time, they people shall be delivered, everyone that shall be found written in the book”
GC 613. When the third angel’s message closes, (7th T) mercy no longer pleads for the guilty inhabitants of the earth. The people of God have accomplished their work. (Revelation 10:7)They have received “the latter rain,” “the refreshing from the presence of the Lord,” and they are prepared for the trying hour before them. (7 LP) Angels are hastening to and fro in heaven. An angel returning from the earth announces that his work is done; the final test has been brought upon the world, and all who have proved themselves loyal to the divine precepts and have received “the seal of the living God.” (Refers to the Sunday keepers who come out during the 7 T, a purpose of the 7 Last Plagues’s) Then Jesus ceases His intercession in the sanctuary above. He lifts His hands and with a loud voice say, “it is done;” and all the angelic host lay off their crowns as He makes the solemn announcement: “He that is unjust, let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still: and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still: and he that is holy, let him be holy still.” Revelation 22:11. Every case has been decided for life or death. Christ has made the atonement for His people and blotted out their sins.
Revelation 10: 7 But in the days when the seventh angel is about to sound his trumpet, (7th T) the mystery of God (the plan of salvation) will be accomplished.
Why does Michael stand up? Because he has finished sealing his Children; the first jury is finished. Sabbath keepers and ex-Sunday keepers have to “have proved themselves loyal to the divine precepts” (Sabbath)therefore this has to be done during the 7 Trumpets.
John 10:16. Christ said, I have other sheep that are not of this sheep pen. I must bring them also. They too will listen to my voice, and there shall be one flock and one Shepherd.
GC 614 When He leaves the sanctuary, darkness covers the inhabitants of the earth. (Sounds like the 5th of the 7 LP.) In that fearful time the righteous must live in the sight of a holy God without an intercessor. The restraint which has been upon the wicked is removed, and Satan has entire control of the final impenitent. God’s long suffering has ended. The world has rejected His mercy, despised His love, and trampled upon His law. The wicked have passed the boundary of their probation; the Spirit of God, persistently resisted, has been at last withdrawn. (This is the wrath of God.) Unsheltered by divine grace, they have no protection from the wicked one. (God withdraws His protection and the wrath of Satan follows.) Satan will then plunge the inhabitants of the earth into one great, final trouble.(7 LP)
GC 614 Those who honor the law of God have been accused of bring judgments (1~5 T) upon the world, and they will be regarded as the cause of the fearful convulsions of nature (Not atomic warfare) and the strife and bloodshed among men that are filling the earth with woe. The power attending the last warning has enraged the wicked; their anger is kindled against all who have received the message, and Satan will excite (After the 5T) to still greater intensity the spirit of hatred and persecution.
GC 615 A decree (6th T) will finally be issued (after the 5th T) against those who hallow the Sabbath of the fourth commandment, denouncing them as deserving of the severest punishment and giving the people liberty, after a certain time, to put them to death.
This refers to the 6th Trumpet, Jacob’s trouble and Queen Ester’s experience.
GC 616 The people of God will then be plunged into those scenes of affliction and distress described by the prophet as the time of Jacob’s trouble. …Jacob had fled for his life, alarmed by his brother’s deadly threats. (6thT) …Jacob’s company, unarmed and defenseless seemed about to fall helpless victims of violence and slaughter. And to the burden if anxiety and fear was added the crushing weight of self-approach, for it was his own sin that had brought this danger. His only hope was in the mercy of God; his only defense must be prayer. Yet he leaves nothing undone on his own part to atone for the wrong to his brother and to avert the threatened danger.
The time of Jacob’s trouble starts at the 6th Trumpet and will end at Christ’s Coming.
GC 618 As Satan influenced Esau to march against Jacob, so he will stir up the wicked to destroy God’s people in the time of trouble.
At Christ Third Coming Satan will do the same.
GC 620 So in the time of trouble, if the people of God had unconfessed sins to appear before them while tortured with fear and anguish, they would be overwhelmed. Despair would cut off their faith, and they could not have confidence to plead with God for deliverance. But while they have a deep sense of their unworthiness, they have no concealed wrongs to reveal. Their sins have gone beforehand to judgment and have been blotted out, and they cannot bring them to remembrance. …Those who delay a preparation for the day of God cannot obtain it in the time of trouble or at any subsequent time.
This confirms that God’s children are sealed before the time of trouble, the 7 Last Plagues. Notice that how our sister uses the term “tortured with fear and anguish”, the torture is mental not physical. The Lost will suffer a similarly “day and night”, Revelation 20: 10.
GC 621 Their affliction is great, the flames of the furnace seem about to consume them. But the Refiner will bring them forth as gold tried in the fire, God’s love for His children during the period of their severest trial is as strong and tender as in the days of their sunniest prosperity. But is it is needful for them to be placed in the furnace of fire. Their earthliness must be consumed that the image of Christ may be perfectly reflected. (A good reason for the 7 LP.)
Praise God for this time of trouble!! I hate living with my satanic earthly nature, don’t you?
Again notice the mental torture (not physical burning) with the “flames of affection” seems to “consume them”. Also notice the time frame is prior to the Second Coming.
GC 622 If the messengers who bear the last solemn warning to the world would pray for the blessing of God, not in a cold, listless, lazy manner, but fervently and in faith, as did Jacob, they would find many places where they could say: “I have seen God face to face, and my life is preserved.”
This is a message for SDA’s “who bear the last solemn warning to the world”.
GC 623 The wrath of Satan increases as his time grows short, and his work of deceit and destruction = (7 T) will reach its culmination in the time of trouble. (7 LP) Fearful sights of a supernatural character will soon be revealed in the heavens, (not atomic warfare) in token of the power of miracle-working demons.
Although our sister doesn’t mention the 7 Trumpets directly, this refers to them. “His (Satan’s) work of deceit and destruction (7 T) will reach its culmination in the time of trouble” 7 Last Plagues. It seems that all the destruction is the work of Satan and not of God. Therefore the wrath of God must be His withdrawing of His protection which results in the destructive work of Satan. This is further confirmed in Counsels on Health, p360.
CH 360 It is God that shields His creatures and hedges them in from the power of the destroyer. But the Christian world have shown contempt for the law of Jehovah, and the Lord will do just what He has declared that He would—He will withdraw His blessings from the earth and remove His protecting care from those who are rebelling against His law and teaching and forcing others to do the same.
GC 624 As the crowning act (many more before this)in the great drama of deception,(deception time period, before the 7th T, this is not talking about the 7 LP period) Satan himself will personate Christ. …… He heals the diseases of the people (5th T sores that he caused) and then, (when) in his assumed character of Christ, he claims to have changed the Sabbath to Sunday and commands all to hallow the day, which he has blessed. He declares that those who persist in keeping holy the seventh day (have been told already by the Beast out of the Sea) are blaspheming (disserving the death decree) his name by refusing listen to his angels sent to them (after the 4th T, his messenger the Pope) with light and truth. (Sunday Law) This is the strong almost (still have a chance, before 7th T) overmastering delusion.
Revelation 13: 1 The Beast out of the Sea: The dragon (Satan) gave the beast(SLW, Pope) his power and his throne and great authority.
The above is more proof that
Satan is not the Spiritual Leader of the World, and will come
after the Pope is elected. The Spiritual
Leader of the World will be elected before the 5th T. Satan doesn’t
arrive until after he is given the keys to the Abyss, which is the 5th
T.
GC 625 But the people of God will not be misled. (Still have a chance, before 7th T) ……. Satan will, if possible, prevent them from obtaining a preparation ( 7 T refining in process) to stand in that day. (7 LP) He will so arrange affairs (this will take more than the 30 days of the 7 LP therefore must be during the 7 T period) as to hedge up their way, entangle them with earthly treasures, cause them to carry a heavy, wearisome burden, (unable to buy or sell, Revelation 13: 17) that their hearts may be overcharged with the cares of this life and the day of trial may come upon them as a thief.
GC 626 As the decree issued (death decree) by the various rulers of Christendom against commandment keepers shall withdraw the protection of government and abandon them to those who desire their destruction, (earlier than the date of the death decree so some will flea for safety sooner than others) the people of God will flee from the cities and villages and associate together in companies, dwelling in the most desolate and solitary places. Many will find refuge in the strongholds of the mountains.
Matthew 24:20 says, “to pray that your flight be not in the winter neither on the Sabbath day”. (This prophecy was fulfilled but it has a dual application for the end time events.)
The Sunday law Death Decree doesn’t have to have worldwide approval, just from “various rulers of Christendom”, some professed Christian countries. It would seem that our flight to the mountains will come just before the 7th Trumpet, and the start of the 7 LP 30 days. Provided Christ comes during the October when every eye can see Orion, which in the Northern Hemisphere would be in late summer and in the Southern Hemisphere at the start of spring. This would mean that we wouldn’t have to spend any time in the mountains during the “winter.” I estimate our flight to the mountains will last a maximum of 90 days before the Second Coming. Early Writing 34 has our flight only after the 7 LP which is 30 days.
GC 627 When Christ ceases His intercession (7th T) in the sanctuary, the unmingled wrath (7 LP) threatened against those who worship the beast and his image and receive his mark (Revelation 14:9,10) will be poured out. (7 LP) The plagues upon Egypt when God was about to deliver Israel were similar in character to those more terrible and extensive judgments which are to fall upon the world just before (7 LP,30 days not 3 ½ years) the final deliverance of God’s people.
GC 628 By condemning (past tense) the people of God to death, (6th T) they have as truly incurred the guilt of their blood as if it had been shed by their hands.
Sister White definitely has the 7th Trumpet before the 7 Last Plagues, with reference to the past actions, condemning people of God to death, which is the 6th Trumpet. Also a reason and justification for the 7 Last Plagues.
GC 629 All the judgments upon men (7T), prior to the close of probation, have been mingled with mercy. The pleading blood of Christ has shielded the sinner from receiving the full measure of his guilt; but in the final judgment. (7 LP)wrath is poured out unmixed with mercy.
Sister White calls the 7 Trumpets, the judgments with mercy, and the 7 Last Plagues, final judgments with no mercy.
GC 630-631 The people of God must drink of the cup and be baptized with the baptism. The very delay, so painful to them, is the best answer to their petitions. As they endeavor to wait trustingly for the Lord to work they are led to exercise faith, hope, and patience, which have been too little exercised during their religious experience.(A reason for the Plagues)
GC 631 Though a general decree has fixed the time when commandment keepers may be put to death, their enemies will in some cases anticipate the decree, and before the time specified, will endeavor to take their lives. But none can pass the mighty guardians stationed about every faithful soul.
Here we have the 6th Trumpet “a general decree has fixed the time” just like Queen Esther’s example.
GC 633 The Lord permits conflicts, to prepare the soul for peace. The time of trouble is a fearful ordeal for “God’s people. But it is the time for every true believer to look up, and by faith he may see the bow of promise encircling him.
This is another reason for the Plagues, 7 Trumpets & 7 Last Plagues, “to prepare the soul for peace”. (7 LP 30 days not 3 ½ years) God, by withdrawing His protection, is allowing “permits conflicts” which are produced by Satan.
GC Chapter 40
God’s People Delivered
(Seven Last Plagues)
GC 635 When the protection of human laws shall be withdrawn from those who honor the law of God, there will be, in different lands, a simultaneous movement for their destruction. As the time appointed in the decree draws near, the people will conspire to root out the hated sect. It will be determined to strike in one night a decisive blow, which shall utterly silence the voice of dissent and reproof.
This is Queen Esther’s and the 6th Trumpet “the time appointed in the decree” experience. Maybe in some lands there still will be some protection; maybe the death decree won’t be issued in every country.
GC 638 Those who have sacrificed all for Christ are now secure, hidden as in the secret of the Lord’s pavilion. They have been tested, and before the world and the despisers of truth have evinced their fidelity to Him who died for them. A marvelous change has come over those who have held fast their integrity in the very face of death.
Another reason for the 7 Last Plague is to test the Living Saved before the world and the universe that they would not change even “in the very face of death”.
GC 640 The voice of God is heard from heaven, declaring the day and hour of Jesus’ coming, and delivering the everlasting covenant to His people. Like peals of loudest thunder His words roll through the earth. The Israel of God stands listening, with their eyes fixed upward.
This exact day and hour will be announced during the 7 Last Plagues maybe during the 6th Last Plague.
GC 644 In the lives of all who reject truth (the Lost) there are moments when conscience awakens, when memory presents the torturing recollection of a life of hypocrisy and the soul is harassed with vain regrets.
Revelation 20:10 And the devil, who deceived them, was thrown into the lake of burning sulfur, where the beast and the false prophet had been thrown. They will be tormented day and night forever and ever.
The Lost will have memories “torturing recollection” of their past and it will “torment” them, just before the Second Coming and after the Third Coming. God will not torture them by burning them to death in the Lake of Fire.
GC 649 “These are they which came out of the great tribulation:” they have passed through*the time of trouble (7 T’s) such as never was since there was a nation; they have endured the anguish of the time of Jacob’s trouble; (6th T to 7 LP) they have stood without an intercessor through the final out-pouring of God’s judgments. (7 LP)
Here Sister White gives a summary of the “great tribulation” 1335 days. (*See EW 33 + 85)
GC Chapter 41
Desolation of the Earth
(Second Coming)
GC 656~7 “The Lord cometh out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the earthy for their iniquity: the earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain”. Isaiah 26:21. “And this shall be the plague wherewith the Lord will smite all the people that have fought against Jerusalem. Their flesh shall consume away while they stand upon their feet, and their eyes shall consume away in their holes, and their tongue shall consume away in their mouth.” Zechariah 14:12
Some SDA’s tell me that this is proof that God will burn The Lost to death in the Lake of Fire, but let’s read on a few lines further.
GC 657 “And the slain of the Lord shall be at that day from one end of the earth even unto the other end of the earth: they shall not be lamented, neither gathered, nor buried.” Jeremiah 25:33.
At the coming of Christ the wicked are blotted from the face of the whole earth—consumed with the spirit of His mouth and destroyed by the brightness of His glory. Christ takes His people to the City of God, and the earth is emptied of its inhabitants.
She is talking about the events of the Second Coming not the Lake of Fire of the Third Coming. So why does she quote Zechariah 14:12 for a description of the Second Coming? Maybe because Zechariah is using symbolic language and not literal. Also, there are no “plagues” at the Third Coming.
GC 658 Now the event takes place foreshadowed in the last solemn service of the Day of Atonement. When the ministration in the holy of holies had been completed, and the sins of Israel had been removed from the sanctuary by virtue of the blood of the sin offering, then the scapegoat was presented alive before the Lord
Could it be that the “foreshadowed of the last solemn service” of the Second Coming, God destroyed the wicked by His brightness at the Second Coming, will be the same at His Third Coming? I think so, a quick death is consistent with His character, burning the wicked to death isn’t. “The last solemn service” is the 3rd jury, which is the Lost at the Third Coming.
Revelation 20:3 He threw him into the Abyss, (bottomless pit) and locked and sealed it over him, to keep him from deceiving the nations anymore until the thousand years were ended.
GC 658 That the expression “bottomless pit”( Revelation 20:3 KJV) represents the earth in a state of confusion and darkness is evident from other scriptures.
GC 659 Here is to be the home(prison) of Satan with his evil angels for a thousand years. Limited to the earth, he will not have access to other worlds to tempt and annoy those who have never fallen.
In Revelation 9:1 & Revelation 20:3 both use the word “bottomless pit” in the KJV. In the NIV they use “abyss”. Now some people believe that these both have to be the same. They are in one way; that is they both are prisons.
Revelation 20: 7 When the thousand years are over, Satan will be released from his prison
In Revelation 20 the prison is, as our sister has pointed out, the earth with no people for Satan “to tempt and annoy.” In Revelation 9 the prison is not mentioned by our sister but because you have to have a key to open it, it must be a prison that keeps the fallen angels from doing any harm. As soon as it’s open that’s exact what they do.
GC 660 For a thousand years, Satan will wander to and fro in the desolate earth to behold the results of his rebellion against the law of God. During this time his suffering are intense. (Mental suffering)Since his fall his life of unceasing activity has banished reflection; but he is now deprived of his power and left to contemplate the part which he has acted since first he rebelled against the government of heaven, and to look forward with trembling and terror to the dreadful future when he must suffer for all the evil that he has done and be punished for the sins that he has caused to be committed.
During the thousand years between the first and the second resurrection the judgment of the wicked takes place. (second jury) The apostle Paul points to this judgment as an event that follows the Second Advent. “Judge nothing before the time, until the Lord come, who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness, and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts.” 1 Corinthians 4:5. Daniel declares that when the Ancient of Days came, “judgment was given to the saints of the Most High.” Daniel 7:22. .. Revelation 20:4,6 …1 Corinthians 6:2… In union with Christ they judge the wicked.
The Saved Saints are the 2nd Jury.
GC 661 At
the close of the thousand years the second resurrection will take place. Then
the wicked will be raised from the dead and appear before God for the
execution of “the judgment written.”
The “judgment written” has to be after they have been judged by all, which includes themselves, “every knee shall bow and confess”. Then the Judge will pass sentence.
GC Chapter 42
The Controversy Ended
(Third Coming)
GC 662 At the close of the thousand years, Christ again returns to the earth. He is accompanied by the host of the redeemed and attended by a retinue of angels. As He descends in terrific majesty He bids the wicked dead arise to receive their doom.
GC 664 In that vast throng are multitudes of the long-lived race that existed before the Flood ;men of lofty stature and giant intellect, who, yielding to the control of fallen angels, devoted all their skill and knowledge to the exaltation of themselves; men whose wonderful works a=of art led the world to idolize their genius, but whose cruelty and evil inventions, defiling the earth and defacing the image of God, caused Him to blot them from the face of His creation.
At last the order to advance is given, and the countless host moves on, an army such as was never summoned by earthly conquerors, such as the combined forces of all ages since war began on earth could never equal. Satan, the mightiest of warriors, leads the van, and his angels unite their forces for this final struggle. Kings and warriors are in his train, and the multitudes follow in vast companies, each under its appointed leader. With military precision the serried ranks advance over the earth’s broken and uneven surface to the City of God. (#1. Revelation 20: 9, Marching, walking, day and night.) By command of Jesus the gates of the New Jerusalem are closed, and the armies of Satan surround the city (#2. Revelation 20: 9) and make ready for the onset. Now Christ again appears to the view of His enemies. Far above the city,
GC 666 In the presence of the assembled inhabitants of earth and heaven the final coronation of the Son of God takes place. And now, invested with supreme majesty and power, the King of kings pronounces sentence upon the rebels against His government and executes justice upon those who have transgressed His law and oppressed His people.
As soon as the books of record are opened, and the eye of Jesus looks upon the wicked, they are conscious of every sin which they have ever committed.
Above the throne is revealed the cross; and like a panoramic view appear the scenes of Adam’s temptation and fall, and the successive steps in the great plan of redemption.
GC 667 The awful spectacle appears just as it was. Satan, his angels, and his subjects have no power to turn from the picture of their own work. Each actor recalls the part which he performed,
GC 668 The whole wicked world stand arraigned at the bar of God on the charge of high treason against the government of heaven. They have none to plead their cause; they are without excuse, and the sentence of eternal death is pronounced against them. (Another reason for the second resurrection, the Lost have to stand trial.)
As if entranced, the wicked have looked upon the coronation of the Son of God.
GC 669 Satan seems paralyzed as he beholds the glory and majesty of Christ. …
Memory recalls the home of his innocence and purity, the peace and content that were his until he indulged in murmuring against God, and envy of Christ. His accusations, his rebellion, his deception to gain the sympathy and support of the angels, his stubborn persistence in making no effort for self-recovery when God would have granted him forgiveness, all come vividly before him. He reviews his work among men and its results, the enmity of man toward his fellow man, the terrible destruction of life, the rise and fall of kingdoms, the overturning of thrones, the long succession of tumults, conflicts, and revolutions. He recalls his constant efforts to oppose the work of Chris and sink man lower and lower.
GC 670 Satan sees that his voluntary rebellion has unfitted him for heaven. … The reproach, which he has endeavored to cast upon Jehovah, rests wholly upon himself. And now Satan bows down and confesses the justice of his sentence.
GC 671 With all the facts of the great controversy in view, the whole universe, both loyal and rebellious, with one accord declare: “Just and true are Thy ways, Thou King of saints.” (#3.)
These are the 3 juries, “the whole universe”, 100 percent of all God’s children.
GC 671 Not-withstanding that Satan has been constrained to acknowledge God’s justice and to bow to the supremacy of Christ, his character remains unchanged. The spirit of rebellion, like a mighty torrent, again bursts forth. Filled with frenzy, he determines not to yield the great controversy. The time has come for a last desperate struggle against the King of heaven.
GC 672 He rushes into the midst of his subjects and endeavors to inspire them with his own fury and arouse them to instant battle. But of all the countless millions whom he has allured into rebellion, there are none now to acknowledge his supremacy. His power is at an end. The wicked are filled with the same hatred of God that inspires Satan; but they see that their case is hopeless, that they cannot prevail against Jehovah. Their rage is kindled against Satan and those who have been his agents in deception, and with the fury of demons they turn upon them.
Saith the Lord: “Because thou hast set thine heart as the heart of God: behold, therefore I will bring strangers upon thee, the terrible of the nations; and they shall draw their swords against the beauty of thy wisdom, and they shall defile thy brightness. They shall bring thee down to the pit.” “I will destroy thee, O covering cherub, from the midst of the stones of fire. I will cast thee to the ground; I will lay thee before kings, that they may behold thee. I will bring thee to ashes upon the earth in the sight of all them that behold thee. Thou shall be a terror, and never shalt thou be any more.” Ezekiel 28:6-, 16-19.
Revelation 14: 20 They were trampled in the winepress outside the city, and blood flowed out of the press, rising as high as the horses’ bridles for a distance of 1,600 stadia. NIV
“Every battle of the warrior is with confused noise, and garments rolled in blood; but this shall be with burning and fuel of fire.” “The indignation of the Lord is upon all nations, and His fury upon all their armies: He hath utterly destroyed them, He hath delivered them to the slaughter.” “Upon the wicked He shall rain quick burning cols, fire and brimstone and an horrible tempest: this shall be the portion of their cup.” Isaiah 9:5; 34:2: Psalm 11:6, margin. Fire comes down from God out of heaven. The earth is broken up. The weapons concealed in its depths are drawn forth. Devouring flames burst from every yawning chasm. The very rocks are on fire. “The day has come that shall burn as an oven.” “The elements melt with fervent heat, the earth also, and the works that are therein are burned up.” Malachi 4:1, 2 Peter 3:10.The earth’s surface seems one molten mass; a vast, seething lake of fire.
GC 673 The wicked receive their recompense in the earth. Proverbs 11:31. They “shall be stubble: and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the Lord of hosts.” Malachi 4:1.Some are destroyed as in a moment, while others suffer many days. All are punished “according to their deeds.” The sins of the righteous having been transferred to Satan, he is made to suffer not only for his own rebellion, but for all the sins which he has caused God’s people to commit. His punishment is to be far greater than that of those whom he has deceived. After all have perished who fell by his deceptions, he is still to live and suffer on. In the cleansing flames the wicked are at last destroyed, root and branch; Satan the root, his followers the branches. The full penalty of the law has been visited, the demands of justice have been met and heaven and earth, beholding, declare the righteousness of Jehovah.
This is the best evidence, which I do not believe, that the Lost will physically burn while they’re alive; however, it is still not conclusive. EW page 54 leans more to a quick death. It is not consistent with God’s character for one thing. Satan will have 1000 years of mental suffering, and he will suffer longer but it does not mean that God will burn him to death very slowly. Satan is evil and he thinks evil and he knows, “he must suffer”, and he will but not at the hands of God. Because the wages of sin is death not torture. Torment & torture will be self-infected. He will suffer more mental terror after the third resurrection and the 3rd jury. His greatest suffering, humiliation, will come after he confesses. He will get off his knees and in a rage go out and deceive the Lost into attacking the city. Even worse torment will come when the Lost turn on him. God will cry when he has to put Satan to death, just like King David cried for Absalom.
God’s Strange Act
is His putting to death, the second death, people He created. His character will
never permit Him to torture anyone.
While the earth was wrapped in the fire of destruction, the righteous abode safely in the Holy City. Upon those that had part in the first resurrection, the second death has no power. While God is to the wicked a consuming fire, He is to His, people both a sun and a shield. Revelation 20:6; Psalm 84:11.
GC 674 “I saw a new heaven and a new earth; for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away.” Revelation 21:1 The fire that consumes the wicked purifies the earth. Every trace of sin is swept away.
In the Bible and in the Spirit of Prophecy they only state that the Lost are consumed, destroyed, devoured, physically burned instantaneous. The wages of sin is death, not torture and then death.
How do you explain “Some are destroyed as in a moment, while others suffer many days” and “Satan, punishment is to be far greater”? Good question, this is where they are “tormented day and night, Revelation 20:10” in their minds before God consumes, destroys, devours them. God is able to shield them from the “consuming fire”, His Glory, which will kill them instantaneous until “the demands of justice have been met” and some are “destroyed as in a moment” by the killing outside the city. One thing that I’m positive about is that God’s character will not allow Him to torture anyone; burn anyone alive unto the second death. God’s wrath is complete after the seven last plagues. Revelation 15:1 I’m sure that the scene outside the City must take a few days and the “tormented day and night” will take place then and/or as they are marching, a few days, across the earth as stated in Early Writings p 292/3.
The wicked will suffer but God will not physically burn them alive. The suffering will be brought on by themselves, in their mind, recalling and reliving past experiences. The more sins they have committed the more time it will take to recall and the longer they will suffer. Satan, who has sinned the most, will be the last to die. He is the scapegoat.
Early Writings
Subsequent Visions
(Seven Trumpets)
EW 33 I saw that God had children who do not see and keep the Sabbath. They have not rejected the light upon it. And at the commencement of the time of trouble,*(7 T) we(SDA’s)were filled with the Holy Ghost as we went forth and proclaimed the Sabbath more fully. This enraged the churches and nominal Adventists, as they could not refute the Sabbath truth. And at this time God’s chosen (Sunday keepers) all saw clearly that we (SDA’s) had the truth, and they came out and endured the persecution with us. (See Supplement page 85*)
EW Supplement page 85* “The commencement of that time of trouble, *” here mentioned, does not refer to the time when the plagues (7 LP) shall begin to be poured out, but to a short period just before they are poured out, while Christ is in the sanctuary. (7 T) At that time, while the work of salvation is closing, trouble will be coming on the earth, (7T) and the nations will be angry, yet held in check so as not to prevent the work of the third angel. At that time the “later rain” or refreshing from the presence of the Lord, will come, to give power to the loud voice of the third angel, and prepare the saints to stand in the period when the seven last plagues shall be poured out.
Our sister confirms that there will be “trouble will be coming on the earth” “a short period
just before” “the seven last plagues shall be poured out”, which is what the 7 Trumpets describe.
EW 34 I saw the sword, famine, pestilence, and great confusion in the land. The wicked thought that we had brought the judgments (1~4 T and now the 5th T) upon them, and they rose up and took counsel to rid the earth of us, (6th T)thinking that then the evil would be stayed.
This refers to the first five trumpets and now they want to set in place the sixth trumpet death decree.
In the time of trouble (7 LP) we all fled from the cities and villages, but were pursued by the wicked, who entered the houses of the saints with a sword. … And as God spoke the day and the hour of Jesus’ coming …
Good news, Ellen White states that we don’t have to flee to the mountains until the 7 Last Plagues, which I calculate to be only 30 days. Maybe some people will flee a couple of months earlier to their mountain cabins in anticipation. This refers to the 6th Last Plague just before the Second Coming. God will tell us, and/or confirm, exacting the day and the hour.
Then commenced the jubilee, when the land should rest. I saw the pious slave rise in triumph and victory and shake off the chains that bound him, while his wicked master was in confusion and knew not what to do; for the wicked could not understand the words of the voice of God. Soon appeared the great white cloud. It looked more lovely than ever before. On it sat the Son of man.
The “commenced the jubilee, when the land should rest” is the end of the 6000-year-old trial, which will be followed by 1000 years of “jubilee” in heaven.
The Sealing
(Seven Trumpets)
EW 36 Then I saw that Jesus would not leave the most holy place until every case was decided(sealed)either for salvation or destruction, and that the wrath of God (7 LP, Revelation 15:1) could not come until Jesus had finished His work in the most holy place, laid off His priestly attire, and clothed Himself with the garments of vengeance. Then Jesus will step out from between the Father and man, and God will keep silence no longer, but pour out His wrath on those who have rejected His truth. I saw that the anger of the nations, (7 T) the wrath of God, (7 LP) and the time to judge the dead (3 juries) were separate and distinct, one following the other, also that Michael had not stood up, and that the time of trouble such as never was, (7 LP) had not yet commenced. The nations are now getting angry, (7 T)but when our High Priest has finished His work in the sanctuary, He will stand up, and put on the garments of vengeance, and then the seven last plagues will be poured out. (Note that this chapters titled is called ‘The Sealing’ not ‘The Last Plagues’.
Revelation 11: 15 The Kingdom of the world has become the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ.…17) “Lord God Almighty…you have taken your great power and have begun to reign.”…18) “The time has come for judging the dead, and for rewarding your servants the prophets and your saints and those who reverence your name, and for destroying those who destroy the earth.
I saw that the four angels would hold the four winds until Jesus’ work was done in the sanctuary, and then will come the seven last plagues. These plagues (7 T not 7 LP) enraged the wicked against the righteous; they thought that we had brought the judgments of God upon them and that if they could rid the earth of us, the plagues would then be stayed. A decree went forth to slay the saints, (6th T) which caused them to cry day and night for deliverance. This was the time of Jacob’s trouble. (6th T ~ SC) Then all he saints cried out with anguish of spirit, and were delivered by the voice of God.
Christ work in the sanctuary is finished because all the living saints are sealed. The first four trumpets will be the catalyst that will have the Sunday law be put in place. The 5th Trumpet will make ‘The nations are now getting angry’ and the 6th Trumpet will have the death decree issued giving the saints a choice to worship on Sunday (man’s law) and be saved or worship on Saturday (God’s law) and be killed. When everyone makes their choice, ‘every case was decided(sealed)either for salvation or destruction’, These plagues enraged the wicked against the righteous’ and because they failed to obey man’s law ‘decree went forth to slay the saints’, the death decree will be acted upon. The time of Jacob’s trouble starts at this time with the sixth trumpet and ends when Christ comes. They have to choose Sabbath or Sunday, kill or be killed, “then will come the seven last plagues.” and it looks, to them, as if they will be killed.
Luke 21:25 There will be signs in the sun, moon and stars. On the earth, nations will be in anguish and perplexity at the roaring and tossing of the sea. (2nd Trumpet) 26) Men will faint from terror, apprehensive of what is coming on the world, for the heavenly bodies will be shaken. (1st ~ 3rd Trumpets) 27) At that time (End Time Events) they will see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and great glory. 28) When these things begin to take place, stand up and lift up your heads, because your redemption is drawing near…. 32) “I tell you the truth, this generation will certainly not pass away until all these things have happened.
Revelation 9: 20 The rest of mankind that were not killed by these plagues (7Trumpet) still did not repent.
The Bible refers to the 7 Trumpets as “these plagues”. The 7 Trumpets are not interpreted as plagues in the historic interpretation. Our sister says nothing about the 7 Trumpets as plagues directly, but in EW 33 + 85 she state that there will be plagues before the Seven Last Plagues. She was not shown any vision that she directly relates to them. Maybe this is why we must “prophesy again”.
Revelation 10:11 Then I was told, “You must prophesy again about many peoples, nations, languages and kings.”
Shaking of the Powers of Heaven
(Seven Trumpets)
EW 41 Dark, heavy clouds came up and clashed against each other. The atmosphere parted and rolled back; then we could look up through the open space in Orion whence came the voice of God. The Holy City will come down through that open space.
Orion can only be seen by both hemispheres in the spring and the fall. We know that Christ was born (His First Coming) in the fall and that in spring we celebrate His resurrection, which was on Sunday, which represents the counterfeit to the true Sabbath, the day of God. Therefore; the Second Coming will be in the Fall of the Northern Hemisphere.
The Open and the Shut Door
(Seven Trumpets)
EW 44 Satan was trying his every art to hold them where they were, until the sealing was past, until the covering was drawn over God’s people, and they left without a shelter from the burning wrath of God, in the seven last plagues.
The sealing of the living will be finished at the 7th Trumpet, the wrath of God which is followed by the 7 Last Plagues, the burning wrath of God, the withdrawing of His protection.
EW 50 The mighty shaking(7 T)has commenced and will go on and all will be shaken out who are not willing to take a bold and unyielding stand for the truth (7 T) and to sacrifice (die, 7 LP) for God and His cause.
The Last Plagues and the Judgment
(Seven Trumpets, Second & Third Coming)
EW 52 At the general conference of believers in the present of truth, held at Sutton, Vermont, September, 1850, I was shown that the seven last plagues will be poured out after Jesus leaves the sanctuary. Said the angel; “It is the wrath of God and the Lamb that causes the destruction or death of the wicked. (The time frame is prior to the Second Coming.) At the voice of God the saints will be mighty and terrible as an army with banners, but they will not then execute the judgment written. The execution of the judgment will be at the close of the one thousand years.” (After the 3rd Jury)
After the saints are changed to immortality and caught up together with Jesus, after they receive their harps, their robes, and; their crowns, and enter the city, Jesus and the saints sit in judgment. …. “Behold ye,” said the angel, “the saints, in unison with Jesus, sit in judgment, and mete out to the wicked according to the deeds done in the body, and that which they must receive at the execution of the judgment is set off against their names.”
“Jesus and the saints (The Saved) sit in judgment” are the 2nd Jury.
EW 54 Then the wicked saw what they had lost; and fire was breathed from God upon them and consumed them. This was the execution of the judgment. The wicked then received according as the saints, in unison with Jesus, had mete out to them during the one thousand years. The same fire from God that consumed the wicked purified the whole earth. The broken, ragged mountains melted with fervent heat, the atmosphere also, and all he stubble was consumed. Then our inheritance opened before us, glorious and beautiful, and we inherited the whole earth made new. We all shouted with a loud voice, “ Glory; Alleluia!”
The “execution of the judgment” is after the Third Coming and “fire was breathed from God upon them and consumed them”. To consume something is very quick. What is meant by “The wicked then received according as the saints, in unison with Jesus, had mete out to them during the one thousand years”? Could it be that they are allowed to live longer and be tormented in their minds? The more sins they’ve committed the longer they had to live to recall them all and be tormented by their own memories. This is more consistent with God’s Character than the doctrine that God will physically, slowly burning, some for days, to death His creations.
Duty in View of the Time of Trouble
(Seven Trumpets)
EW 56 The Lord has shown me repeatedly that it is contrary to the Bible to make any provision for our temporal wants (worldly wants) in the time of trouble. (7 LP)
Houses and lands will be of no use to the saints in the time of trouble, (7 LP) for they will then have to flee before infuriated mobs, and at that time their possessions cannot be disposed of to advance the cause of present truth.
It will be OK to have some idea where a good place to flee. “Temporal wants in the time of trouble” is defines as ‘worldly wants’ such as houses, lands, jobs, bank accounts etc. as given above. I think we should have a stock pile of food for one or two months and clothes etc. I also believe that we will have to flee our mountain hideout a few days just before the Second Coming and depend on “angels provided them food and water”. This subject is another side issue that I haven’t dug into much.
EW 282 I saw the saints leaving the cities and villages, and associating together in companies, and living in the most solitary places. Angels provided them food and water.
EW 58 I saw that the time for Jesus to be in the most holy place was nearly finished and that time can last but a very little longer. What leisure time we have should be spent in searching the Bible, which is to judge us in the last day.
The Mark of the Beast
(Seven Trumpets)
EW 65 The pope (SLW) has made a breach in the holy law of God but I saw that the time had fully come for this breach to be made up by the people of God and the waste places built up.
EW 66 Then my eyes were taken from the glory and I was pointed to the remnant on the earth. The angel said to them, “Will ye shun the seven last plagues? Will ye go to glory and enjoy all that God has prepared for those who love Him and are willing to suffer for His sake? If so, ye must die that ye; may live. Get ready, get ready, get ready. Ye must have a greater preparation (7 T) than ye now have, for the day of the Lord cometh, cruel both with wrath and fierce anger, to lay the land desolate and to destroy the sinners thereof out of it.”
EW 67 Heaven will be cheap enough, if we obtain it through suffering. We must deny self all along the way, die to self, daily, let Jesus alone appear, and keep His glory continually in view. I saw that those who of late have embraced the truth would have trials to pass through (7 T) that would be keen and cutting, in order that they may be purified and fitted through suffering to receive the seal of the living God, pass through the time of trouble, (7 LP) see the King in His beauty, (SC) and dwell in the presence of God and of pure, holy angels. (1000 years in Heaven.)
Please note the sequence of events, 7T, 7 Last Plagues, SC.
But now time is almost finished and what we have been years learning, they (Sunday keepers) will have to learn in a few months. (More than the 30 days of the 7 LP) They will also have much to unlearn and much to learn again. Those who would not receive the mark of the beast and his image when the decree goes forth, must have decision now to say, ‘Nay’, we will not regard the institution of the beast.
The period of time will be only a few months. “Those who of late have embraced the truth would have trials to pass through”, and “when the decree goes forth, must have decision” EW 67, are before the sealing, which is before the 7 Last Plagues. Therefore they can only refer to the 7 Trumpets, which is called by Revelation 9:20 ‘these plagues’.
The Gathering Time
(Seven Trumpets)
EW 74 September 23, the Lord showed me that He had stretched out His hand the second time to recover the remnant of His people, (first was 1844) and that efforts must be redoubled in this gathering time. In the scattering, Israel was smitten and torn, but now in the gathering time God will heal and bind up His people.
“This gathering time” is before the 7 Last Plagues; therefore it must refer to the 7 Trumpets period.
Then I saw in relation to the “daily” (Daniel 8:12) that the word “sacrifice” was supplied by man’s wisdom, and does not belong to the text, and that the Lord gave the correct view of it to those who gave the judgment hour cry. When union existed, before 1844, nearly all were united on the correct view of the “daily”; but in the confusion since 1844, other views have been embraced, and darkness and confusion have followed. Time has not been a test since 1844, and it will never again be a test.
“Time will never again be a test” but it doesn’t mean that the Children of the Light cannot examine the “Time” given in Daniel chapter 12.
The Shaking
(Seven Trumpets)
EW 270 I asked the meaning of the shaking I had seen and was shown that it would be caused by the straight testimony called forth by the counsel of the True Witness to the Laodiceans. This will have its effect upon the heart of the receiver, and will lead him to exalt the standard and pour forth the straight truth. Some will not bear this straight testimony. They will rise up against it and this is what will cause a shaking among God’s people.
The “True Witness to the Laodiceans” are God’s people for the end time events. We have been preaching the straight truth for 150 years but during the 7 Trumpet period, the Gathering period, the straight truth will be pour out after the 4th Trumpet for 1260 days, 3 ½ years and a lot of professed church people (SDA’s) will be shaken out.
I saw that the testimony of the True Witness has not been half heeded. The solemn testimony upon which the destiny of the church hangs has been lightly esteemed, if not entirely disregarded. This testimony must work deep repentance all who truly receive it will obey it and be purified.
This happens during the sealing time, probation time, and 7 Trumpets time.
EW 271 Said the angel, “Look Ye!” My attention was then turned to the company I had seen who were mightily shaken. I was shown those whom I had before seen weeping and praying in agony of spirit. The company of guardian angels around them had been doubled, and they were clothed with an armor from their head to their feet. They moved in exact order, like a company of soldiers. Their countenances expressed the severe conflict which they had endured, the agonizing struggle they had passed through.
The numbers of this company had lessened. Some had been shaken out and left by the way. The careless and indifferent, who did not join with those who prized victory and salvation enough to perseveringly plead and agonize for it, did not obtain it and they (SDA’s) were left behind in Darkness, and their places were immediately filled by others(Sunday keepers) taking hold of the truth and coming into the ranks. Evil angels still pressed around them, but could have no power over them.
I heard those clothed with the armor speak forth the truth with great power. It had effect. Many had been bound; some wives by their husbands, and some children by their parents. The honest who had been prevented from hearing the truth now eagerly laid hold upon it. All fear of their relatives was gone, and the truth alone was exalted to them. They had been hungering and thirsting for truth; it was dearer and more precious than life. I asked what had made this great change. An angel answered, “It is the latter rain, the refreshing from the presence of the Lord, the loud cry of the third angel.(7 T)
EW 272 Day and night their cry ceased not: “Thy will, O God, be done! If it can glorify Thy name, make a way of escape for Thy people! Deliver us from the heathen around about us. They have appointed us unto death; but Thine arm can bring salvation.” These are all the words, which I can bring to mind. All seemed to have a deep sense of their unworthiness and manifested entire submission to the will of God; yet, like Jacob, every one, without an exception, was earnestly pleading and wrestling for deliverance.
The death decree is during the sixth trumpet.
The Loud Cry
(Seven Trumpets)
EW 277 I saw angels hurrying to and fro in heaven, descending to the earth, and again ascending to heaven, preparing for the fulfillment of some important event. Then I saw another mighty angel commissioned to descend to the earth, to unite his voice with the third angel, and give power and force to his message. Great power and glory were imparted to the angel, and as he descended, the earth was lightened with his glory. The light which attended this angel penetrated everywhere, as he cried mightily, with a strong voice, “Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird.” The message of the fall of Babylon, as given by the second angel, is repeated, (7 T)with the additional mention of the corruption, which have been entering the churches since 1844. The work of this angel comes in at the right time to join in the last great work of the third angel’s message as it swells to a loud cry. And the people of God are thus prepared to stand in the hour of temptation, (7 LP) which they are soon to meet.
Angels were sent to aid the mighty angel from heaven, and I heard voices which seemed to sound everywhere, “Come out of her, My people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues.”
The 7 Last Plagues (last) are referred to as “her plagues”.
EW 278 The glory of God rested upon the patient, waiting saints, and they fearlessly gave the last solemn warning, proclaiming the fall of Babylon and calling upon God’s people to come out of her that they might escape her fearful doom.
The third message was to do its work; all were to be tested (7 T) upon it, and the precious ones all were to be called out from the religious bodies. … I saw that this message will close with power and strength far exceeding the midnight cry. (of 1844)
The Third Angel’s Message Closed
(Seven Trumpets)
EW 279 I was pointed down to the time when the third angel’s message was closing. (6th T) The power of God had rested upon His people; they had accomplished their work and were prepared for the trying hour (7 LP 30 days) before them. They had received the latter rain, (7 T) or refreshing from the presence of the Lord, and the living testimony had been revived. The last great warning (7 T) had sounded everywhere, and it had stirred up and enraged the inhabitants of the earth who would not receive the message.
“The trying hour” is not prophetic but a general time statement.
I saw angels’ hurrying to and fro in heaven. An angel with a writer’s inkhorn by his side returned from the earth and reported to Jesus that his work was done, and the saints were numbered and sealed. (Revelation 7: 3+4 the sealing of the 144, 000) Then I saw Jesus, who had been ministering before the ark containing the ten commandments, throw down the censer. He raised His hands and with a loud voice said, “It is done.” (7th T) (See comments GC 613.)
EW 282 The people turned upon their ministers with bitter hate an reproached them, saying, “You have not warned us. You told us that all the world was to be converted, and cried, Peace, peace, to quiet every fear that was aroused. You have not told us of this hour; and those who warned us of it you declared to be fanatics and evil; men, who would ruin us.” But I saw that the ministers did not escape the wrath of God. Their suffering was tenfold greater than that of their people.
Keep in mind ‘their suffering was tenfold’ is during the Second Coming and not at the Lake of Fire and the Third Coming. They are not suffering from any physical fire. This suffering is not in reference to the 7 Last Plagues but to mental suffering because they have known the truth but did not preach it.
The Time of Trouble
(Seven Last Plagues)
EW 282 I saw the saints leaving the cities and villages, and associating together in companies, and living in the most solitary places. Angels provided them food and water, while the wicked were suffering from hunger and thirst. Then I saw the leading men of the earth consulting together, and Satan and his angels busy around them. I saw a writing, copies of which were scattered in different parts of the land, giving orders that unless the saints should yield their peculiar faith, week, the people were at liberty after a certain time to put them to death. (Queen Ester’s experience exactly.)
EW 283 Soon I saw the saints suffering great mental anguish. They seemed surrounded by the wicked inhabitants of the earth.
It was an hour of fearful, terrible agony to the saints. Day and night they cried unto God for deliverance.
This “terrible agony, mental anguish, Day and night” is during the 7 Last Plagues and not at the Lake of Fire.
EW 284 I was pointed back to faithful Noah. When the rain descended and the flood came, Noah and his family had entered the ark and God had shut them in. Noah had faithfully warned the inhabitants of the antediluvian world, while they had mocked and derided him. …… So I saw that the people of God, who had faithfully warned the world of His coming wrath, would be delivered.
Genesis 6:3 Then God said, “My Spirit will not contend with man forever, for he is mortal; his days will be a hundred and twenty years.”
7:10 And after the seven days the floodwaters came on the earth.
:17 For the flood kept coming on the earth.
The beginning of the Antediluvian’s close of probation was at the start of Noah’s 120 years of warning the people. When the door on Noah’s Ark closed, it was their of close of probation, then there was 7 days, followed by 40 days of flooding. Just like the 7 Trumpets will warn the world and be followed by the 7 Last Plagues.
Deliverance of the Saints
(Second Coming)
EW 285 It was at midnight that God chose to deliver His people. As the wicked were mocking around them, suddenly the sun appeared, shining in his strength, and the moon stood still.
Orion can be seen best at midnight. Which time zone this will happen we don’t know.
The Earth Desolated
(Second Coming)
EW 289 My attention was directed to the earth. The wicked had been destroyed, and their dead bodies were lying upon its surface. The wrath of God in the seven last plagues had been visited upon the inhabitants of the earth, causing them to gnaw their tongues from pain and to curse God. The false shepherds had been the signal objects of Jehovah’s wrath. Their eyes had consumed away in their holes, and their tongues in their mouths, while they stood upon their feet. After the saints had been delivered by the voice of God, the wicked multitude turned their rage upon one another. The earth seemed to be deluged with blood, and dead bodies were from one end of it to the other.
Revelation 14:20 They were trampled in the winepress outside the city, and blood flowed out of the press, rising as high as the horses’ bridles for a distance of 1,600 stadia. (NIV)
This refers to Rev 14:14-20, “The Harvest of the Earth” at the Second Coming. EGW is speaking figuratively when she states with reference to the false shepherds: “Their eyes had consumed away in their holes, and their tongues in their mouths, while they stood upon their feet.” I don’t think anyone could stand up if this happened literally. In the GC 656 ~ 657 she describes the same scene but she quotes Zechariah14:12 which is the same figurative language.
EW 290 Here is to be the home of Satan with his evil angels for a thousand years. … During this time, Satan suffers extremely. (mentally) Since his fall his evil traits have been in constant exercise. But he is then to be deprived of his power, and left to reflect upon the part which he has acted since his fall, and to look forward with trembling and terror to the dreadful future, when he must suffer for all the evil that he has done and be punished for all the sins that he has caused to be committed.
Then I saw thrones, and Jesus and the redeemed saints sat upon them; and the saints reigned as kings and priests unto God. Christ, in union with His people, judged the wicked dead, (2nd Jury) comparing their acts with the statute book, the Word of God, and deciding every case according to the deeds done in the body. Then they , according to their works; and it was written in against their names in the book of death. Satan also and his angels were judged by Jesus and the saints. Satan’s punishment was to be far greater than that of those whom he had deceived. His suffering would so far exceed theirs as to bear no comparison with it. After all those whom he had deceived had perished, Satan was still to live and suffer on much longer.
Once again the “meted out to the wicked the portion, which they must suffer” is self-inflicted mental anguish, the more they have sinned the more they have to recall and suffer. There is no concrete evidence of physical flesh burning suffering.
The Second Resurrection
(Third Coming)
EW 292 All (the Lost) are seeking to hide in the rocks, to shield themselves from the terrible glory of Him whom they once despised. (This is the same scene at the Second Coming but the following sentence has this scene at the Third Coming; thus there must be two of the same scenes at different times.) And, overwhelmed and pained with His majesty and exceeding glory, they (the Lost) with one accord raise their voices, and with terrible distinctness exclaim, “Bless is He that cometh in the name of God!”(At the Second Coming the Lost “curse the name of God”, Revelation 16: 9; therefore this must be the 3rd Jury confessing God was right.)
EW 293 Then Jesus and the holy angels, accompanied by all the saints, again go to the city, and the bitter lamentations and wailing’s of the doomed wicked fill the air. Then I saw that Satan again commenced his work.
Satan succeeds in deceiving them, and all immediately begin to prepare themselves for battle.
The Lost are the 3rd Jury, everyone will confess, then Satan starts his battle march to the city. Our sisters’ statement “Then I saw” doesn’t mean that the sequence of events happen in the order that she writes. In this case it might or it might not. The same applies to what she writes in the GC because the sequences of events are different in GC then in EW.
The Second Death
(Third Coming)
EW 294 Satan rushes into the midst of his followers and tries to stir up the multitude to action. But fire from God out of heaven is rained upon them, and the great men, and mighty men, the noble, the poor and miserable, are all consumed together. I saw that some were quickly destroyed, while others suffered longer. They were punished according to the deeds done in the body. Some many days consuming and just as long as there was apportion of them unconsumed, all the sense of suffering remained. Said the angel, “The worm of life shall not die; their fire shall not be quenched as long as there is the least particle for it to prey upon.”
What does “The worm of life” mean? This is used figuratively. It means a person’s memory. The term “their fire” is the recalling of every sin, which is like a fire of torment in their minds that preys upon every evil deed until all have been recalled and then they die. The more they’ve sinned the longer the suffering.
Satan and his angels suffered long. Satan bore not only the weight and punishment of his own sins, but also of the sins of the redeemed host, which had been placed upon him; and he must also suffer for the ruin of souls which he had caused. Then I saw that Satan and all the wicked host were consumed, and the justice of God was satisfied; and all the redeemed saints, with a loud voice said, “Amen!”
I then looked and saw the fire which had consumed the wicked, burning up the rubbish and purifying the earth.
Once again I say the wicked will suffer but God will not physically burn them alive because His wrath is complete at the 7 Last Plagues. The suffering will be brought on by themselves, in their mind, recalling and reliving past experiences. The more sins they have committed the more the more time it will take to recall and the longer they will suffer. Satan, who has sinned the most, will be the last to die.
Evangelism
(Seven Trumpets)
EV 27 If Heaven’s Warnings Go Unheeded. I am bidden to declare the message that cities full of transgression, and sinful in the extreme, will be destroyed by earthquakes, by fire, by flood. (7 T)All the world will be warned(still a chance, 7 T Loud Cry) that there is a God who will display His authority (wakes up the world) as God His unseen agencies will cause destruction, devastation, and death. All the accumulated riches will be as nothingness.
Calamities will come, calamities most awful, most unexpected;(1Thess. 5:3 While people are saying “Peace and safety,” destruction will come on them suddenly) and these destruction’s will follow one after another. If there will be a heeding of the warnings that God has given, and if churches will repent, (still a chance, 7 T) returning to their allegiance, then other cities may be spared for a time.
Strictly will the cities of the nations be dealt with and yet they will not be visited in the extreme of God’s indignation, (which is the 7 LP) because some souls will yet break away from the delusions of the enemy and will repent and be converted, (during the 7 T) while the mass will be treasuring up wrath against the day of wrath. Manuscript 35, 1906
Out of these calamities (not atomic warfare) will come people that will repent and be saved; therefore, they happen before the 7 Last Plagues and must be the 7 Trumpets. The day of wrath, 7 LP is figurative and means a short time period, say 30 days.
EV 29 A View of Great Destruction. Last Friday morning, just before I woke, a very impressive scene was presented before me. I seemed to awake from sleep but was not in my home. From the windows I could behold a terrible conflagration. Great balls of fire were falling upon houses, and from these balls fiery arrow were flying in every direction. It was impossible to check the fires that were kindled, an many places were being destroyed. The terror of the people was indescribable. After a time I awoke and found myself at home. Letter 278, 1906
Testimonies
(Seven Trumpets)
9T 28 An Impressive Scene. In the visions of the night a very impressive scene passed before me. I saw an immense ball of fire fall among some beautiful mansions, causing their instant destruction. I heard someone say: “We knew that the judgments of God were coming upon the earth, but we did not know that they would come so soon.” Others, with agonized voices, said: “You knew! Why then did you not tell us? We did not know.” On every side I heard similar words of reproach spoken. (We must warn the world before it happens.)
Rev 8: 6 Then the seven angels who had the seven trumpets prepared to sound them. 7) The first angel sounded his trumpet, and there came hail and fire mixed with Blood, and it was hurled down upon the earth. An third of the earth was burned up, a third of the trees were burned up. And all the green grass was burned up.
Because the book of Revelation is a symbolic prophetic book, the agent, the symbolic principle, the actor, in the message is symbolic and the results will be literal to the point of sound principles of prophetic interpretation That is, that the general points of picture is given in the literal interpretation, they are not exact and are described as best that the writer could with the knowledge of the times. the agent, “There came hail and fire mixed with blood” to be symbolic for a meteorite shower. This is what E.G. White saw in her great balls of fire vision.
Manuscript 53, 1910 Because Large Cities Will Be Swept Away. Everywhere there are men who should be out in active ministry, giving the last message of warning to a fallen world. The work that should long ago have been in active operation to win souls to Christ has not been done. The inhabitants of the ungodly cities so soon to be visited by calamities have been cruelly neglected. The time is near when large cities will be swept away and all should be warned of these coming judgments. But who is giving to the accomplishment of this work the wholehearted service that God requires?
Review and Herald, Sept. 10, 1903 Destruction of Thousands of Cities.
O that God’s people had a sense of the impending destruction of thousands of cities, now almost given to idolatry.
Revelation 8: 8 “The second angel sounded his trumpet, and something like a huge mountain, all ablaze, was thrown into the sea, a third of the sea turned into blood, 9) a third of the living creatures in the sea died and a third of the ships were destroyed.”
The agent is an Asteroid. This is what is being referred to in:
Luke 21: 25 There will be signs in the sun, moon and stars. On the earth, nations will be in anguish and perplexity at the roaring and tossing of the sea. 26) Men will faint from terror, apprehensive of what is coming on the world, for the heavenly bodies will be shaken.
E.G. Whites vision of “destruction of thousands of cities”, Revelation 8:8 and what Luke saw in 21:25 are the same.
2T 693 The special test (7 LP) upon the fourth commandment did not come until after the temple of God was opened in heaven.
Previous to His coming to judge the world in righteousness, He sends forth a warning (7 T) to arouse the people and call their attention to their neglect of the fourth commandment, that they may be enlightened and may repent of their transgression of His law, and prove their allegiance to the great Lawgiver. He has made provision that all may be holy and happy if they choose.
5T 463 The work, which the church has failed to do in a time of peace and prosperity, she will have to do in a terrible crisis under most discouraging, forbidding circumstances. The warnings that worldly conformity has silenced or withheld must be given under the fiercest opposition from enemies of the faith.
The Bible says there will be ‘Peace and Safety’(not atomic warfare) then ‘sudden destruction’. The SOP states peace and prosperity and terrible crisis this sounds like we will have to give the loud cry during the 7T.
7T 219 The time has come when everything is to be shaken that can be shaken, that those things which cannot be shaken may remain. Every case is coming in review before God; He is measuring the temple and the worshipers therein.
Revelation 11:1 I was given a reed like a measuring rod and was told, “Go and measure the temple of God and the; altar and count the worshipers therein.
7T 219 “He is measuring the temple and the worshipers therein.” This sounds like the same event and Revelation 11 which is in the future.
Last Days Events 95 “Read every verse of Revelation eleven, it is yet to take place.”
8T 118 The Loud Cry As foretold in the eighteenth of Revelation, the third angel’s massage is to be proclaimed with great power by those who give the final warning (still have a chance, 7 T) against the beast and his image”
8T 302 The solemn messages that have been given in their order in the Revelation are to occupy the first place in the minds of God’s people. Nothing else is to be allowed to engross our attention.
15 Manuscript Release 228 (1903) “Let us read and study the 12th chapter of Daniel. It is a warning that we shall all need to understand before the end.” (It is not to be interpreted as historic but future.)
Testimonies to Ministers
(Now)
The Study of the Books of Daniel and the Revelation
TM 112 God’s Spirit has illuminated every page of Holy Writ, but there are those upon whom it makes little impression, because it is imperfectly understood. When the shaking comes, (future)by the introduction of false theories, these surface readers, anchored nowhere, are like shifting sand. They slide into any position to suit the tenor of their feelings of bitterness. Daniel and Revelation must be studied, as well as the other prophecies of the Old and New Testaments. Let be light, yes light, in your dwellings. For this we need to pray. The Holy Spirit, shining upon the sacred page, will open our understanding, that we may know what is truth.
I want truth and nothing but the truth. Please show me my errors in this study. Prove me wrong. If you can’t but are not convicted yet, please keep this study in mind and handy until you can find proof of my erroneous belief and then advise me. Or when these events do take place, so that you can share the truth with others.
There is need of much closer study of the word of God; especially should Daniel and the Revelation have attention as never before in the history of our work.
The light that Daniel received from God was given especially for these last days.
TM 113 The very name “Revelation” contradicts the statement that it is a sealed book.
“Revelation” means that something of importance is revealed.
TM 116 We are standing on the threshold of great and solemn events. Many of the
prophecies are about to be fulfilled in quick succession. Every element of power is about to be
set to work. Past history will be repeated; (1844) old controversies will arouse to new life and
peril will beset God’s people on every side.
Revelation 10:10 I took the little scroll(Daniel) from the angel’s hand and ate it. It tasted as sweet as honey in my mouth, but when I had eaten it, my stomach turned sour. 11) Then I was told, “You must prophesy again about many peoples, nations, languages and kings.”
This 1844 message will be repeated during the 7 Trumpets. We will prophesy again the
true end time 7 Trumpets message that no one has ever heard.
TM 117 The books of Daniel and the Revelation should be bound together and published.
A few explanations of certain portions might be added, but I am not sure that these would be
needed.
Every effort is to be made to give the light, not only to our people, but to the world. (This is why I have written the first part of this book interdenominational and having it published by a non-Adventist publishing house.) I have been instructed that the prophecies of Daniel and the Revelation should be printed in small books, with; the necessary explanations and should be sent all over the world. Our own people need to have the light placed before them in clearer lines.
Compare my study with others and you will find that my explanations are according to the SOP ‘a few explanations, necessary explanations ’.Now I would like to be proven wrong or have it “sent all over the world”.
Selected Messages
(Seven Trumpets)
3SM 386 Many Not in Our Ranks to Come to the Front – There are many souls to come out of the ranks of the world, out of the churches , even the Catholic church, whose zeal will far exceed that of those who have stood in rank and file to proclaim the truth heretofore. For this reason the eleventh hour laborers will receive their penny. These will see the battle coming and will give the trumpet a certain sound. When the crisis is upon us, when the season of calamity shall come, they will come to the front, gird themselves with the whole armor of God and exalt His law, adhere to the faith of Jesus, and maintain the cause of religious liberty which reformers defended with toil and for which they sacrificed their lives.
3SM 387 Our own land is to become a battlefield on which is to be carried on the struggle for religious liberty, to worship God according to the dictates of our own conscience. Then can we not discern the work of the enemy in keeping men asleep who ought to be awake, whose influence shall not be neutral, but wholly and entirely on God’s side? Shall men cry, Peace and safety, now, when sudden destruction is coming upon the world, when God’s wrath shall be poured out? Manuscript 30, 1889.
SDA’s have not made a stand on what this “sudden destruction is coming upon the world” is; I have provided this study in the hopes that they will.
3SM 397 Persecution in the Battle Before the Last Closing Conflict. The two armies will stand distinct and separate, and this distinction will be so marked that many who shall be convinced of the truth will come on the side of God’s commandment-keeping people. When this grand work is to take place in the battle, prior to the last closing conflict, many will be imprisoned, many will flee for their lives from cities and towns, and many will be martyrs for Christ’s sake in standing in defense of the truth. … You will not be tempted above what you are able to bear. Jesus bore all this and far more.
3SM 417 A world is represented in the destruction of Jerusalem, and the warning given then by Christ comes sounding down the line to our time: “And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; the sea and the waves roaring” (Luke 21: 25). Yes, they shall pass their orders, and destruction will be in their track. They will engulf the ships that sail upon their broad waters, and with the burden of their living freight, they will be hurried into eternity, without time to repent. (There was still time to repent, thus this has to be the 7T time frame.)
Conclusion
What would be great is a few people to brain storm this subject to come up with ideas that would improve this study, so that it can be made even clearer than it is to people who know very little on this subject. Because in the end we will have to explain our idea’s to people that will ‘come out of her’ from the Bible and Bible only. I’m sure that I’ve missed some relevant Bible verses that would make this study clearer to those people.
If you’re willing to help please email me everetta@telus.net
Appendix A
Questions:
Are the 7 Trumpets and 7 Last Plagues Together?
Reasons for placing the 7 Trumpets and 7 Last Plague’s together are as follows:
1. Revelation 7:3 + 4 appears to apply to the first four trumpets and the 7 Last Plagues. However, these can only be applied to the 7 Last Plagues because probation is closed and the saints are sealed before the land, sea and trees are harmed. Judgment started with the saints; Abel first and down the ages up to the time of the living. As people come out and take their stand for God they are sealed. The sealing is a process which ends with the 7th trumpet.
Revelation 7:3 Do not harm the land or the sea or the trees until we put a seal on the foreheads of the servants of our God. 4) Then I heard the number of those who were sealed: 144, 000 from all the tribes of Israel.
2. Revelation 8:1~6 is the 7th Seal which is the Close of Probation and then what appears to
happen is the 7T which seem to be immediately after the Close of Probation. However; John’s
first vision of the seven trumpets takes place in heaven. Revelation 8: 2 ~ 5. This vision gives us a
picture of the two end time events that involves the Heavenly sanctuary.
Revelation 8: 2 And I saw the seven angels who stand before God and to them were given seven trumpets. 3) (First Picture) Another angel, who had a golden censer, came and stood at the altar. He was given much incense to offer, with the prayers of all the saints, on the golden altar before the throne. 4) The smoke of the incense, together with the prayers of the saints, went up before God from the angel’s hand. 5) (Second Picture) Then the angel took the censer, filled it (again, second time) with fire from the altar, (no incense, prayers) and hurled it on the earth;(close of probation) and there came peals of thunder, rumblings, flashes of lightning and an earthquake.
Revelation 7: 14 “These are they who have come out of the great tribulation.”
Revelation 16: 17 The seventh angel poured out his bowl into the air, and out of the temple came a loud voice from the throne, saying, “It is done!” 18) Then there came flashes of lightning, rumblings, peals of thunder and a severe earthquake.
The first picture is a censer with much incense, which is the seven trumpet period;
the time of tribulation, before probation closes, because prayers are still effectively being
presented to God. The second picture is a censer without any incense but filled only with fire
which is hurled on the earth. This is the close of probation, which is followed
immediately by the seven last plagues, Revelation 15 + 16, the time of great tribulation, Revelation 7: 14. The
seventh plague of the seven last plagues, Revelation 16:18, is the same as this second vision of Revelation 8:5.
I can’t think of any other Biblical reasons, can you?
Reasons against placing the 7T and 7 Last Plagues’ together are as follows:
1. Revelation 22:11, the 7th Seal and the 7th Trumpet are the same, the Close of Probation. They do not follow in chronological order; therefore Revelation 8:6 “Then” may be taken as a different time period. Just as the events in Revelation 12 are not in chronological order.
2. Revelation 9:20 “The rest of mankind that were not killed by these plagues still did not repent” This takes place during the 6th T. It tells us that they could repent therefore the 7T period, has to be before the Close of Probation.
3. The 7T and 7 LP are both called plagues, 7T“these plagues” are warnings of the “7 last plagues” to come, the final test.
4. Revelation 10:7 “But in the days when the seventh angel is about to sound his trumpet, the mystery of God will be accomplished,” The ‘mystery of God’ is the plan of salvation, see Eph6:19 and Col 2:2 and 4:3. Matthew 24:14 “And this gospel of the kingdom will be preached in the whole world as a testimony to all nations and then the end will come.” A testimony, a warning to all nations, “then the end will come” the end of the gift of salvation, the Close of Probation.
5. The 7T and 7 LP are different. Revelation 8:8 “A third of the sea turned into blood” Revelation 16:3 “ The second angel poured out his bowl on the sea, and it turned into blood like that of a dead man, and every living thing in the sea died.” Blood and Blood of a dead man are totally different,“1/3 of the sea” and “the sea”100% are totally different. The world wouldn’t last 1335 days with “every living thing in the sea died”. The 7 LP will be about 30 days and the world could last that long.
6. Revelation 14: 6 ~ 13 is titled ‘The Three Angels’ which gives warning to people and it is followed by Revelation 15 ‘Seven Angels with Seven Plagues’ which separates the 7 Trumpet warning plagues from the 7 Last plagues.
7. 1 Thessalonians 5:3 While people are saying, “Peace and safety,” destruction will come on them suddenly. If the destruction was the 7 LP then there would be no probationary period; a time period for people to “come out of her, my people, Revelation 18: 4. Therefore; there has to be a probation period, which is the 7 T.
I’m sure there are more reasons; let me know if you can think of any.
Reasons against placing the 7T and 7 Last Plagues together from the S.O.P. only are as follows:
1. EW 33 “I saw that God had children who do not see and keep the Sabbath. They have not rejected the light upon it. And at the commencement of the time of trouble*, we were filled with the Holy Ghost as we went forth and proclaimed the Sabbath more fully. This enraged the churches and nominal Adventists, as they could not refute the Sabbath truth. And at this time God’s chosen all saw clearly that we had the truth, and they came out and endured the persecution with us. (See Supplement page 85*)”
EW 85Supplement page 85* “The
commencement of that time of trouble*,” here mentioned, does not refer to the time when he plagues shall
begin to be poured out, but to a short period just before they are
poured out, while Christ is in the sanctuary. At that time, while the work of
salvation is closing, trouble will be coming on the earth, and the
nations will be angry, yet held in check so as not to prevent the work of the
third angel. At that time the “later rain” or refreshing from the presence of
the Lord, will come, to give power to the loud voice of the third angel, and
prepare the saints to stand in the period when the seven last plagues shall
be poured out.”
Our sister confirms that there will be ‘trouble will be coming on the earth’ ‘a short period just before’ ‘the seven last plagues shall be poured out’, which is what the 7 Trumpets describe.
2. The SOP GC chapter 39, ‘The Time of Trouble’ period is after probation is closed. Before this comes the chapter’s entitled, 35 Liberty of Conscience Threatened, 36 The Impending Conflict, 37 The Scriptures a Safeguard, & 38 The Final Warning. Chapters 35 ~ 38 are the 7 Trumpet period. They, just like a Trumpet, give us warning. S.O.P. never puts the 7 Trumpets and 7 Last Plagues together.
3. EGW describes two different plagues just as the Bible describes two different plagues.
GC 628 & 629 “These plagues" (7 Last Plagues) are not universal, or the inhabitants of the earth would be wholly cut off. Yet they will be the most awful scourges that have ever been known to mortals. All the judgments upon men, prior to the close of probation, (7 Trumpets)have been mingled with mercy. The pleading blood of Christ has shielded the sinner from receiving the full measure of his guilt; but in the final judgment, (7 LP’s) wrath is poured out unmixed with mercy.”
4. GC 629 All the judgments upon men (7 Trumpets), prior to the close of probation, have been mingled with mercy. The pleading blood of Christ has shielded the sinner from receiving the full measure of his guilt; but in the final judgment. (7 Last Plagues), wrath is poured out unmixed with mercy.
Sister White calls the 7 Trumpets, the judgments with mercy, and the 7 Last Plagues, final judgments with no mercy.
I’m sure there are more reasons; let me know if you can think of any.